technical specifications part- i - nalanda university€¦ · client: nu technical specifications...

179
DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR. Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 179 PACKAGE – 1C TENDER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT WORKS OF RESIDENTIAL PARCEL WITHIN PROPOSED PERMANENT CAMPUS (PHASE I) FOR NALANDA UNIVERSITY, AT RAJGIR, BIHAR. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I (CIVIL WORKS) ARCHITECT AND PLANNERS VASTUSHILPA CONSULTANTS “ Sangath” Thaltej Road, Ahmedabad- 380054 Phone: 079 27454537-39 Fax: 079 27452006, Email: [email protected], URL: http://www.sangath.org

Upload: others

Post on 20-May-2020

7 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 179

PACKAGE – 1C

TENDER FOR CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT WORKS OF

RESIDENTIAL PARCEL WITHIN PROPOSED PERMANENT CAMPUS

(PHASE I) FOR

NALANDA UNIVERSITY, AT RAJGIR, BIHAR.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I

(CIVIL WORKS)

ARCHITECT AND PLANNERS

VASTUSHILPA CONSULTANTS

“ Sangath” Thaltej Road, Ahmedabad- 380054 Phone: 079 27454537-39 Fax: 079 27452006, Email: [email protected], URL: http://www.sangath.org

Page 2: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 179

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

PART-I

Page 3: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 179

CONTENTS

SH.No. Name of Sub-Head

0.0 GENERAL

0.1 CARRIAGEOFMATERIALS

0.2 MORTARS

1.0 PILEWORK

2.0 EARTHWORK

3.0 CONCRETEWORK

4.0 REINFORCEDCEMENTCONCRETEWORK

5.0 BRICKWORK

6.0 STONEWORK

7.0 MARBLE&GRANITEWORK

8.0 WOODANDPVCWORK

9.0 STEELWORK

10.0 FLOORING WORK

11.0 ROOFING

12.0 FINISHING WORK

13.0 WATER PROOFING WORK 14.0 MARKET RATE ITEMS

Page 4: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 179

SUBHEAD:0.0

GENERAL

Page 5: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 179

GENERAL

0.1 Reference mentionedhereinshallbeapplicable

toallsectionstotheextentthecontextpermits

andareintendedtosupplementtheprovisionsin theparticularsection.In

caseofanydiscrepancy/

deviation,theprovisionsintheparticularsectionshalltakeprecedence.

0.2

Theratesforallitemsofworkunlessclearlyspecifiedotherwiseshallincludecostofalllab

our, materialsandotherinputsinvolvedintheexecutionoftheitems.

0.3 INTERPRETATIONS

0.3.1The Tender authorityshall be the sole deciding authority as to the meaning,

interpretationandimplicationsforvariousprovisionsofthespecifications.Hisdecisioninw

ritingshallbefinal.

0.3.2 Wherever any reference is made to any Indian Standard, it shall be taken

as reference to the latest edition with all amendments issued thereto. In the

event of any variation between the detailed specifications and the Indian

Standard, the former shall take precedence over the latter.

0.3.3 General Notes: All the works are to be carried out as per latest

specifications of CPWD/MES/Indian Railways/State PWD, and relevant

IS Codes unless otherwise specified in BOQ. Measurements of all the

items of work will be done as per IS 1200 with its latest revisions,

unless otherwise specified in BOQ or detailed specifications. In the

absence of all the above three general engineering practice followed in

construction industry or the local customs will be followed. Unless

otherwise specified the rates of various items will be for all heights,

leads and lifts.

0.4 DEFINITIONS

Thefollowing termsandexpressions inthespecifications shallhavethemeaning

orimplication herebyassignedtothemunlessotherwisespecifiedelsewhere.

0.4.1Contractor:TheContractorshallmeantheindividualorfirmorcompanywhether

incorporatedor

not,undertakingtheworksandshallincludethelegalpersonalrepresentativesofsuchin

dividualorthe

personscomposingsuchfirmorcompany,orthesuccessorsofsuchindividualorfirmorc

ompanyand thepermittedassigneesofsuchindividualorfirmofcompany.

0.4.2Engineer-in-Charge:The‘Engineer-in-Charge’ meanstheperson

Page 6: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 179

appointed by NUwhoshallsuperviseand bein-chargeofthework.

0.4.3Site:The‘site’shallmeantheland/orotherplaceson,in,intoorthroughwhichthe

workistobe executed under the contract or any adjacent land, path or street

through which the work is to be

executedunderthecontract,oranyadjacentland,pathorstreetwhichmaybeallottedor

usedforthe purposeofcarryingoutthecontract.

0.4.4Store:The‘store’shallmeantheplaceofissueofmaterials.

0.4.5IS:Thestandards,specificationandcodeofpracticesissuedbytheBureauofIn

dianStandards.

0.4.6Best:Theword‘best’whenusedshallmeanthatintheopinionoftheTender

Authority, thereis

nosuperiormaterial/articleandworkmanshipobtainableinthemarketandtraderespec

tively.Asfaras

possiblethestandardrequiredshallbespecifiedinpreferencetotheword‘best’.

0.5 FLOORANDLEVELS

0.5.1Building

0.5.1.1Floor1shall mean plinth level of respective area of individual

building.Thefloorsabovefloor1shallbenumberedinsequenceasfloor2,floor3andsoon

. Thenumbershallincreaseupwards.

0.5.1.2Floorlevel:Forfloor1,topleveloffinishedfloorshallbethefloorlevelandforallo

therfloors abovefloor1,toplevelofthestructuralslabsshallbethefloorlevel.

0.5.1.3Plinthlevel:Floor1level

0.5.2SpecialStructures

0.5.2.1For

structureslikeretainingwalls,wingwalls,chimneys,overheadreservoirs/tanksandot

her

elevatedstructures,whereelevations/heightsaboveadefineddatumlevelhavenotbee

nspecifiedand

identificationoffloorscannotbedoneasincaseofbuilding.Level,at1.2mabovethegrou

ndlevelshall

bethefloor1levelaswellasplinthlevel.Levelataheightof3.5mabovefloor1levelwillber

eckoned

asfloor2levelandlevelataheightof3.5mabovethefloor2levelwillbefloor3levelandsoo

n,where

thetotalheightabovefloor1levelisnotawholenumbermultipleof3.5meter.Topmostflo

orlevelshall

Page 7: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 179

bethenextinsequencetothefloorlevelbelowevenifthedifferenceinheightbetweenthet

woupper mostfloorlevelsislessthan3.5meters

0.6 FOUNDATIONANDPLINTH

Theworkinfoundationandplinthshallinclude: shall mean plinth level of respective

area of individual building

(a) Forbuildings and basements:Allworksupto respective plinth level or

uptofloor1level.

(b) Forabutments,piersandwellstaining:allworksup

to1.2mabovethebedlevel:

(c) Forretainingwall,wingwalls,compoundwalls,chimneys,

overheadreservoirs/ tanksandotherelevatedstructures:Allworksup

to1.2meterabovethe formation groundlevel

(d) Forreservoirs/tanks(otherthanoverheadreservoirs/tanks):Allworksup

to1.2meterabove theformation groundlevel:

0.7 MEASUREMENTS

0.7.1inbooking dimensions, theordershallbeconsistent andinthesequence

oflength,widthand heightordepthorthickness.

0.7.2 Roundingoff:Rounding offwhere requiredshallbedone inaccordance

withIS:2-1960. The

numberofsignificantplacesroundedintheroundedoffvalueshouldbeasspecified.

0.8 MATERIALS

0.8.1Samplesofallmaterialstobeusedontheworkshallbegotapprovedbythecontract

orfromthe Engineer-in-Charge/Design consultant/Client

wellintime.Theapprovedsamplesdulyauthenticatedandsealedshallbekeptin

thecustodyoftheEngineer-in-Charge

tillthecompletionofthework.Allmaterialstobeprovidedbythe

contractorshallbebrandnewandasperthesamplesapprovedbytheEngineer-in-

Charge.

0.8.2Materials obtained by the contractor from the sources approved by the

Clientshall be

subjectedtotheMandatorytests.Wheresuchmaterialsdonotconformtotherelevantsp

ecifications, themattershallbetakenupbytheEngineer-in-Charge

forappropriateactionagainstthedefaulters.In allsuchcases,necessarydocumentsin

originalandproofof paymentrelatingto theprocurementof

materialsshallbemadeavailablebythecontractortotheEngineer-in-Charge.

0.8.3Samples,whethersubmittedforapprovalto governbulksuppliesor

requiredfortestingbeforeuseand

alsothesampleofmaterialsbearing‘Standardmark,’ifrequiredfortesting,shallbeprovide

dfreeofcostby

Page 8: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 179

thecontractor.Allotherincidentalexpendituretobeincurredfortestingofsamplese.g.pac

kaging,sealing

transportation,loading,unloadingetc.excepttestingchargesshallbebornebythecontra

ctor.

0.8.4Thematerials,suppliedby theClientshallbedeemedto

becomplyingwiththespecifications.

0.8.5Materials storedatsite, dependingupontheindividual characteristics,

sha l lbeprotected

fromatmosphericeffectsduetorain,sun,windandmoisturetoavoiddeterioration.

0.8.6Materialsliketimber,paintsetc.shallbestoredinsuchawaythattheremaynotbea

nypossibility offirehazards.Inflammable materialsandexplosives

shallbestoredinaccordance withtherelevant rulesandregulations

orasapprovedbyEngineer-in-Charge inwritingsoastoensuredesiredsafety

duringstorage.

0.8.7Theunitweightof

materialsunlessotherwisespecifiedshallbereckonedasgiveninIS:1911-1967.

0.9 SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION

0.9.1Thecontractorshallemployonlysuchmethodsofconstruction,toolsandplantasa

reappropriate forthetypeofworkorasapprovedbyEngineer-in-Charge inwriting.

0.9.2Thecontractor shalltakeallprecautions

andmeasurestoensuresafetyofworksandworkman

andshallbefullyresponsibleforthesame.Safetypertainingtoconstructionworkssucha

sexcavation,

centeringandshuttering,trenching,blasting,demolition,electricconnections,scaffol

ds,ladders,working

platforms,gangway,mixingofbituminousmaterials,electricandgaswelding,useof

hoistingand

constructionmachineryshallbegovernedbyrelevantsafetycodesandthedirection

ofEngineer-in-Charge

0.10 ABBREVIATIONS

Thefollowingabbreviationswherevertheyappearinthespecifications,shallhavethem

eaningor implicationherebyassignedtothem:

Mm Millimeter

Cm

Centimet

er

M Meter

Km Kilometer

Page 9: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 179

Mm2/sqmm

SquareMill

imeter Cm2/sqcm Square

centimeter Dm2/sqdm

Squaredec

imeter M2/sqm

Squareme

ter

Cm3/ cubic cm Cubiccentimeter

Dm3/cubicdm Cubicdecimeter

M3/cum Cubicmeter

Ml Milliliter

Kl Kiloliter

Gm Gram

Kg Kilogram

Q Quintal

T Tonne

Fpssystem Footpoundsecondsystem

°C DegreeCelsiustemperature

Fig Figure

Re/Rs Rupee/Rupees

No Number

Dia Diameter

AC Asbestoscement

CI CastIron

GC Galvanizedcorrugated

GP Galvanizedplain

GI Galvanizediron

PVC

Polyvinylchlorid

e

RCC Reinforcedcementconcrete

SW Stoneware

SWG StandardwireGauge

Page 10: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 179

Page 11: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 179

SUBHEAD:0.1

CARRIAGEOFMATERIALS

Please refer to CPWD Specifications Volume I – 2009 Page No. 9 to 24

(with its latest corrections slips up to the date of submission of the

tender).

Page 12: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 179

SUBHEAD: 0.2

MORTARS

Please refer to CPWD Specifications Volume I – 2009 Page No.61 to 82

(with its latest corrections slips up to the date of submission of the

Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials, Mixing of mortar and use of the

same in various work heads like, Masonry, Flooring, and Plastering etc.

Contractor shall also be responsible for ascertaining the quality of mortar

through testing as specified in these specifications and as per relevant

Indian Standards at specified frequency.

Page 13: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 13 of 179

SUBHEAD:1.0

PILEWORK Please refer to Relevant Paras for Cast in Situ Bored Piles of CPWD

Specifications Volume II – 2009 Page No.905 to 948 (with its latest

corrections slips up to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials, Boring of Piles, Equipment to be

used and Testing of Piles.

Contractor shall also be responsible for ascertaining the Load Carrying

capacities through Relevant Pile testing as specified in these

specifications and as per relevant Indian Standards at specified

frequency.

Page 14: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 14 of 179

TERMINOLOGY

Allowable Load:It is load which is applied to a pile after taking into account its ultimate load capacity, pile spacing, Overall bearing capacity of the ground, the allowable settlement, negative skin friction including reversal of

loads. Bearing Pile:A pile formed in the ground for transmitting load of a structure to the soil by the resistance developed at its tips and or along its surface. It is

either vertical or batter pile. It may be ‘End bearing pile’ or friction pile if it supports the load primarily along the surface.

Board Compaction Pile: It is bored cast-in-situ with or without bulb. In this compaction of surrounding ground and freshly filled concrete in pile, bore is

simultaneously achieved by suitable method. A pile with a bulb is called an

“under-reamed bored compaction pile”. Under-reamed pile with more than one bulb is called Multi-under-reamed pile.

Constant Rate of Penetration (CRP) Test:The ultimate bearing capacity of

preliminary piles and piles which are not used as working piles. Constant Rate of Uplift (CRU) Test:The ultimate capacity in tension of

preliminary piles and piles which are not used as working piles. Cut of Level:It is the level where the installed pile is cut off to support the pile caps or beams.

Datum Bar:A rigid bar placed on

immovable supports. Draft Bolt:A metal rod driven into hole bored in timber, the hole being

smaller in diameter than the rod.Drop of Stroke:The distance through which

the driving weight is allowed to fall for driving the piles. Factor of Safety:It is

the ratio of the ultimate load capacity of a pile to the safe load of a pile.

Follower Tube:A tube which is used following the main casing tube and it requires to be extended further. The inner diameter of the follower tube should

be the same as the inner diameter of casing. The follower tube shall preferably

be an outside guide andshould bewater tightwhen driven in water- bearing strata or soft clays.

Initial Test:This test is carried out with a view to determine ultimate

load capacity and safe load capacity. Raker or Batter Pile:The pile which is installed at an angle to the vertical.

Raker piles are normally provided where vertical piles cannot resist the

required applied horizontal forces. The maximum rake to be permitted in piles shall not exceed –

Page 15: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 15 of 179

1 in 8 for cast-in-situ piles of large diameter viz. 750 mm dia, and above.

1 in 5 for smaller dia. cast-on-situ piles.

1 in 4 pre-cast piles. Routine Test:It is carried out with a view to check whether pile is capable of taking the working load assigned to it.

Safe Load:It is the load arrived at by applying a factor of safety to the ultimate

load capacity of the pile.

Set:The net distance by which the pile penetrates in the ground due to stated

number of blows of the hammer.

Spliced Pile:A pile composed of two or more lengths secured together, end to end to form one pile.

Test Pile:A pile which is selected for load testing and which is subsequently

loaded for that purpose. This pile may form working pile itself if subjected to a

routine load test with up to one and half time the safe load.

Total displacement (Gross):The total movement of the pile under a given load.

Total Elastic Displacement:This is the magnitude of the displacement of the

pile due to rebound caused at the top after removal of given test load. This

comprises two components as follows:

(a) Elastic displacement of the soil participating in load transfer; and

(b) Elastic displacement of the pile shaft. Trial Piles:These are installed initially to assess the load carrying capacity, it is

either tested to ultimate bearing capacity or twice the estimated safe load. Ultimate Load Capacity:The maximum load which a pile can carry before

failure of ground (when the soil fails by shear) or failure of pile materials.

Working Load:It is a load assigned to a pile as per design. Working Pile:It is a pile forming part of foundation of a structural system.

Page 16: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 16 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS OF PILE WORK

DSR Item No. 20.2.3 : Boring, providing and installing bored cast-in-situ

reinforced cement concrete piles of grade M-25 of specified diameter

and length below the pile cap, to carry a safe working load not less than

specified, excluding the cost of steel reinforcement but including the

cost of boring, with bentonite solution and temporary casing of

appropriate length for setting out and removal of same and the length of

the pile to be embedded in the pile cap etc. by percussion drilling using

direct mud circulation (DMC) or Bailer and chisel technique by tripod

and mechanical winch machine all complete, including removal of

excavated earth with all lifts and leads (Length of pile for payment shall

be measured up to bottom of pile cap).

(a) : 450 mm dia piles

DSR Item No. 20.2.4 :(b) 500 mm dia piles

DSR Item No. 20.2.5:(c):600 mm dia piles

Please refer to Para 20.2 BORED CAST-IN-SITU REINFORCED CONCRETE PILESfrom page no.919 topage no. 926 of CPWD Specifications Volume II – 2009.

DSR Item No. 20.2A.1 : Boring, providing and installation bored cast-in-

situ reinforced cementconcrete piles of grade M-25 of specified diameter

and length below pile cap, to carry a safe working load not less than

specified, excluding the cost of steel reinforcement but including the

cost of boring with bentonite solution and temporary casing of

appropriate length for setting out and removal of same and the length

of the pile to be embedded in the pile cap etc. by Crawler mounted,

telescopic boom hydraulic pilling Rig all complete, including removal of

excavated earth with all its lifts and leads (length of pile for payment

shall be measured up to bottom of pile cap).

Please refer to Para 20.2 BORED CAST-IN-SITU REINFORCED CONCRETE PILES from page no. 919 to page no. 926 of CPWD Specifications Volume II – 2009.

DSR Item No. 20.6.1.1 :Vertical load testing of piles in accordance with

IS 2911 (Part IV) including installation of loading platform by Kentledge

method and preparation of pile head or construction of test cap and

dismantling of test cap after test etc. complete as per specification & the

direction of Engineer in-charge.

Note: 1. Initial and Routine Load Test shall not be carried out by

Dynamic method of testing.

Note: 2. Testing agency shall submit the design of loading platform for

the approval of Engineer-in-charge.

Page 17: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 17 of 179

(a) : Initial test (Test Load 2.5 times the safe capacity)

DSR Item No. 20.6.1.2:(b): Routine test (Test Load 1.5 times the safe

capacity)

DSR Item No. 20.6.2.1:Single pile above 50 tonne and up to 100 tonne

capacity

(a.1): Initial test (Test Load 2.5 times the safe capacity)

DSR Item No. 20.6.2.2:(b.1): Routine test (Test Load 1.5 times the safe

capacity)

DSR Item no. 20.8.1: Lateral load testing of single pile in accordance with IS Code of practice IS: 2911 (Part IV) for determining safe

allowable lateral load on pile: (a): Upto 50 tonne capacity pile

DSR Item no. 20.8.2:(b): Above 50 tonne and upto 100 tonne capacity

pile

DSR Item no. 20.9:Integrity testing of Pile using Low Strain/ Sonic Integrity Test/ Sonic Echo Test method in accordance with IS 14893

including surface preparation of pile top by removing soil, mud, dust & chipping lean concrete lumps etc. and use of computerized equipment

and high skill trained personal for conducting the test & submission of

results, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Please refer to Para 20.2 LOADTEST ON PILESfrom page no.935 topage no. 937 of CPWD Specifications Volume II – 2009.

Page 18: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 18 of 179

SUBHEAD:2.0

EARTHWORK

Please refer to CPWD Specifications Volume I – 2009 Page No.25 to 60

(with its latest corrections slips up to the date of submission of the

Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for Classification of soils, equipment used for earth work in

excavation and banking/trench or plinth fillings, transportation of earth

and compaction of earth etc. The Earth shall be carried out following

relevant safety codes.

Before starting the work at site, the contractor shall take spot levels of

entire area of site of work at the interval as directed by Engineer – in –

Charge and record the same jointly with the representative of the

Engineer – in – Charge. These records of levels will be used for all

measurements of Earth work and deciding the various formation levels

etc. The rates quoted also include for construction of temporary

benchmarks, which shall be retained till the completion of the entire

works.

Whenever dewatering is required to be carried out because of rain water

accumulated in excavated pits or because of ingress of any sub soil water

or from any underground pipes etc. in to the pits, the contractor shall

employ necessary pumping to bail out the water and to keep the pits free

of water till the activities in that area is complete, without any extra cost.

Earth filled in Trenches, Plinth or in Embankments shall be compacted

and compacted manually, or with earth rammers, or with earth

compactors or with vibratory rollers, so as to achieve minimum 95%

proctor Density of compacted earth at OMC, within the quoted rates of

relevant items. Contractor shall also produce Test results for compaction

as per frequency specified in relevant Indian standards and as directed

by Engineer – in – charge.

Anti-termitetreatment carried out for various buildings shall be

guaranteed as specified in BOQ or NIT.

Page 19: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 19 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONSOF EARTHWORK

DSR Item No. 2.1.1:Earth work in surface excavation not exceeding 30

cm in depth but exceeding 1.5 m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan

including disposal of excavated earth up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m,

disposed soil to be levelled and neatly dressed:

All kinds of soil

1SURFACE EXCAVATION

Excavations exceeding 1.5 m in width and 10 sqm. on plan but not

exceeding 30 cm. in depth in all types of soils and rocks shall be

described as surface excavation and shall be done as specified in general

specification of earthwork. 2Measurements

The length and breadth shall be measured with a steel tape correct to the

nearest cm. and the area worked out to the nearest two places of decimal

in square meters.

3Rate

Rate shall be as specified in general specification of earthwork.

DSR Item No. 2.6.1 : Earth work in excavation by mechanical means

(Hydraulic excavator) / manual means over areas (exceeding 30 cm in

depth, 1.5 m in width as well as 10 Sqm on plan) including disposal of

excavated earth lead up to 50m and lift up to 1.5m, disposed soil to be

levelled and neatly dressed :

All kinds of soil

EXCAVATIONOVERAREA(ALLKINDSOFSOIL)

1 Thisshallcomprise:

(a)Excavationexceeding1.5minwidthand10sumonplanandexceeding30cmi

ndepth.

(b)Excavationforbasements,watertanksetc.

(c)Excavationintrenchesexceeding1.5minwidthand10sqmonplan.

2 Excavationshallbedoneasspecifiedingeneral specifications of earthwork.

3 Measurementsshallbeasspecifiedingeneral specifications of earthwork.

4 Ratesshallbeasspecifiedingeneral specifications of earthwork.

DSR Item No. 2.8.1 :Earth work in excavation by mechanical means

(Hydraulic excavator) / manual means in foundation trenches or drains

Page 20: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 20 of 179

(not exceeding 1.5 m in width or 10 Sqm on plan) including dressing

of sides and ramming of bottoms, lift up to 1.5m, including getting

out the excavated soil and disposal surplus excavated soil as directed,

within a lead of 50 m.

All kinds of soil.

1 Thisshallcomprise:

(a)Excavation no t exceeding1.5minwidthand10sqmonplan.

(b)Excavationforfoundation trenches.Etc.

(c)Excavationintrenches not exceeding1.5minwidthand10sqmonplan.

2 Excavationshallbedoneasspecifiedin general specifications of earthwork.

3 Measurementsshallbeasspecifiedingeneral specifications of earthwork.

4 Ratesshallbeasspecifiedin general specifications of earthwork.

DSR Item No. 2.3.1. : Banking excavated earth in layers not exceeding

20 cm in depth, breaking clods, watering, rolling each layer with 1⁄2

tonne roller, or wooden or steel rammers, and rolling every 3rd and top-

most layer with power roller of minimum 8 tonnes and dressing up, in

embankments for roads, flood banks, marginal banks, and guide banks

etc., lead up to 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m : All kinds of soil.

1 Banking Excavated earthshallbedoneasspecifiedingeneral specifications of earthwork.

2 Measurementsshallbeasspecifiedingeneral specifications of earthwork and measurements of compacted earth compacted to proctor density of 95% at optimum moisture content will be considered for payment.

3 Ratesshallbeasspecifiedingeneral specifications of earthwork except that

banking excavated earth includes all lead & lift.

DSR Item No. 2.4: Deduct for not rolling with power roller of minimum 8

tonnes for banking excavated earth in layers not exceeding 20 cm in

depth.

The Item shall be operated for small areas only where it is not practically

possible to do the compaction of earth by Power Roller. However the contractor

shall do necessary compaction of earth through Manual Rammer, or Portable

earth compactor.

DSR Item No. 2.25 : Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock) in

trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding 20cm

in depth, compacting each deposited layer by ramming and watering,

lead up to 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m.

Page 21: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 21 of 179

FILLINGINTRENCHES,PLINTH,UNDERFLOORETC.

1.0Earth

Normallyexcavatedearthfromsameareashallbeusedforfilling.Earthusedforfillingsha

llbefree

fromshrubs,rank,vegetation,grass,brushwood,stoneshingleandboulders(largertha

n75mminany direction), organicoranyotherforeignmatter.Earthcontaining

deleteriousmaterials, saltpeterearth

etc.shallnotbeusedforfilling.Allclodsandlumpsofearthexceeding8cminanydirection

shallbe brokenorremovedbeforetheearthisusedforfilling.

2.0Filling

Thespacearoundthefoundations

anddrainsintrenchesshallbeclearedofalldebris,brickbats etc.Thefilling shallbedone

inlayers notexceeding 20cmindepth. Each layer shallbewatered,

rammedandcompacted.Rammingshallbedonewithironrammerswherepossibleand

withbluntend

ofcrowbarswhererammerscannotbeused.Specialcareshallbetakentoensurethatnod

amageis caused tothepipes, drains, masonryorconcrete inthetrenches. Incase

offilling underfloor,

thefinishedleveloffillingshallbekepttotheslopeintendedtobegiventothefloor.

3.0Measurements

3.0.1 Filling Side of Foundations: The cubical contents of bed concrete

levelling course and masonry/concreteinfoundationsup

tothegroundlevelshallbeworkedoutandthesamedeductedfrom

thecubicalcontentsofearthworkinexcavationforfoundationsalreadymeasuredunder

therespective itemofearthworktoarriveatthequantityforfillingsidesoffoundation.

Quantity of Compacted earth shall be measured and paid for.

Thequantityshallbecalculated correcttotwoplacesofdecimal.

3.0.2 Filling in Plinth and under Floors: Depth of filling shall be the

compacteddepth. The dimensionsoffillingshallbeonthebasisofpre-measurement

correct to the nearest cm and cubical content worked out in cubic meters

correct to two places of decimal.

4.0Rates

Theratesincludecostofalltheoperationsdescribedabove.

DSR Item No. 2.26.1:Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part

thereof in excavation (DSR Item Nos. 2.1.1, 2.6.1, 2.8.1, 2.3.1) /

banking excavated or stacked materials.

All kinds of soil.

Page 22: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 22 of 179

The excavation deeper than a depth of 1.5 and in every lift of 1.5 meter or part

there of shall be measured under this item. The rates shall be extra over the

item of Excavation under Item 2.002 and 2.003.

DSR Item No. 2.27:Supplying and filling in plinth with Clean Coarse sand

under floors, including watering, ramming, compacting and dressing

complete.

SANDFILLINGINPLINTH

1.0Sand

Clean Coarse Sandas approved by Engineer –in – Charge and available

in the area

shallbefreefromdustorganicandforeignmatteranditsgradingshallbewithinthe

limitsofgradingzoneIVorV.

2.0Filling

Sandfillingshallbedoneinamannersimilartoearthfillinginplinthspecifiedaboveexcept

that

compactionshallbedonebyfloodingwithwater.Thesurfaceofthecompactedsandfillin

gshallbe dressedtotherequiredlevelorslopeandshallnotbecoveredtilltheEngineer-

in-Charge hasinspected andapprovedthesandfilling.

3.0Measurements

Thelength,breadthanddepthofcompactedsandshallbemeasuredwithsteeltapecorre

cttothe nearestcmandcubicalcontentsafter compaction shal l be

workedoutincubicmeterscorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

4.0Rates

Theratesincludethecostofmaterialandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescribedab

ove in general specifications of earthwork.

DSR Item No. 2.36:Deduct for disposed soil not levelled and neatly

dressed.

DSR Item No. 1.1.2:Carriage of Earth (a) up to 1 km By Mechanical

means including loading, unloading and stacking

DSR Item No. 1.1.2: Carriage of Earth (b) beyond 1 Km. and up to 2 km

By Mechanical means including loading, unloading and stacking

This item will operated for disposal of Earth up to 1 km. or part thereof or

between 1.0 km. to 2.0 Km. as the case may be, beyond the initial lead

mentioned in relevant items of Excavation. The Place of disposal shall be

approved beforehand by the Engineer – in – Charge.The carriage and stacking of

materials shall be done as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Any tools and

Page 23: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 23 of 179

plants, required for the work shall be arranged by the Contractor.

01.2 MODE OF CARRIAGE

Depending upon the feasibility and economy, the Engineer-in-Charge shall

determine the mode of carriage viz. whether by mechanical or animal transport

or manual labor.

01.3LEAD

01.3.1Alldistances shallbemeasured overtheshortest practical

routeandnotnecessarily theroute actuallytaken.

Routeotherthanshortestpracticalroutemaybeconsideredin casesof unavoidable

circumstancesandasapprovedbyEngineer-in-Chargealong withreasonsinwriting.

01.3.3Carriagebyanimalandmechanicaltransportshallbereckonedinonekmunit.Di

stancesof0.5

kmormoreshallbetakenas1kmanddistanceoflessthan0.5kmshallbeignored.Howev

er,when

thetotalleadislessthan0.5km,itwillnotbeignoredbutpaidforseparatelyinsuccessives

tagesof50

meterssubjecttotheconditionthattherateworkedonthisbasisdoesnotexceedtheratef

orinitiallead of1kmbymechanical/animaltransport.

DSR Item No. 2.31 : Clearing jungle including uprooting of rank

vegetation, grass, brush wood, trees and saplings of girth up to 30 cm

measured at a height of 1m above ground level and removal of rubbish

upto a distance of 50 m outside the periphery of the area cleared.

JUNGLECLEARANCE

Jungleclearanceshallcompriseuprootingofrankvegetation,grass,brushwood,shrub

s,stumps, treesandsaplingsofgirthup

to30cmmeasuredataheightofonemeterabovethegroundlevel.Where

onlyclearanceofgrassisinvolveditshallbemeasuredandpaidforseparately.

1 UprootingofVegetation

Therootsoftreesandsaplingsshallberemovedtoadepthof60cmbelowgroundlevelor3

0cm belowformationlevelor15cmbelowsub-

gradelevel,whicheverislower.Allholesorhollowsformed

duetoremovalofrootsshallbefilledupwithearthrammedandlevelled.Trees,shrubs,po

les,fences, signs,monuments, pipelines,cableetc.,withinoradjacent

totheareawhicharenotrequiredtobe disturbed during jungle clearance shall

beproperly protected bythecontractor athisowncostand

nothingextrashallbepayable.

2 StackingandDisposal

Page 24: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 24 of 179

Allusefulmaterialsobtainedfromclearingandgrubbingoperationshallbestackedinthe

manneras directedbytheEngineer-in-Charge.

Trunksandbranchesoftreesshallbeclearedoflimbsandtopsand

stackedneatlyatplacesindicatedbytheEngineer-in-Charge.

Thematerialsshallbethepropertyofthe

Government.AllunserviceablematerialswhichintheopinionoftheEngineer-in-

Charge cannotbeused or auctioned shall be removed up to anydistanceoutside

the periphery of the area under

clearance.Itshallbeensuredbythecontractorthatunserviceablematerialsaredispose

dofinsucha

mannerthatthereisnolikelihoodofgettingmixedupwiththematerialsmeantforconstr

uction.

3 ClearanceofGrass

Clearingandgrubbingoperationinvolvingonlytheclearanceofgrassshallbemeasured

andpaid forseparatelyandshallincluderemovalofrubbishup

toanydistanceoutsidetheperipheryofthe areaunderclearance.

4Measurements

Thelengthandbreadthshallbemeasuredcorrecttothenearestcmandareaworkedouti

nsquare meterscorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

5 Rates

Therateincludescostofalltheoperationdescribedabove.

DSR Item No. 2.33.1:Felling trees of the girth (measured at a height of 1

m above ground level), including cutting of trunks and branches,

removing the roots and stacking of serviceable material and disposal of

unserviceable material.

(a): Beyond 30 cm girth up to and including 60 cm girth

DSR Item No. 2.33.2:(b): Beyond 60 cm girth up to and including 120

cm girth

DSR Item No. 2.33.3:(c): Beyond 120 cm girth up to and including 240

cm girth

DSR Item No. 2.33.4:(d): Above 240 cm girth

1 Felling

Whileclearingjungle,growthtreesabove30cmgirth(measured

ataheightofonemeterabove groundlevel)tobecut,shallbeapprovedbytheEngineer-

in-Charge andthenmarkedatsite.Felling treesshallincludetakingoutrootsup

to60cmbelowgroundlevelor30cmbelowformationlevelor15 cmbelowsub-

gradelevel,whicheverislower.

Allexcavationbelowgeneralgroundlevelarisingoutoftheremovaloftrees,stumpsetc.s

hallbe filledwithsuitable materialin20cmlayersandcompacted

Page 25: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 25 of 179

thoroughlysothatthesurfaces atthese

pointsconformtothesurroundingarea.Thetrunksandbranchesoftreesshallbecleared

oflimbsand topsandcutintosuitablepiecesasdirectedbytheEngineer-in-Charge.

2 StackingandDisposal

Wood,branches,twigsoftreesandotherusefulmaterialshallbethepropertyoftheGove

rnment.

TheserviceablematerialsshallbestackedinthemannerasdirectedbytheEngineer-in-

Charge up toanydistance.

Allunserviceablematerial,whichintheopinionofEngineer-in-Charge

cannotbeusedorauctioned

shallberemovedfromtheareaanddisposedofasperthedirectionsoftheEngineer-in-

Charge. Care

shallbetakentoseethatunsuitablewastematerialsaredisposedofinsuchamannerthat

thereisno

likelihoodofthesegettingmixedupwiththematerialsmeantforconstruction.

3Measurements

Cutting oftreesabove 30cmingirth(measured ataheight ofonemeterabove level)

shallbe measuredinnumbersaccordingtothesizesgivenbelow:

(a)Beyond30cmgirth,up

toandincluding60cmgirth.

(b)Beyond60cmgirth,up toandincluding120cmgirth.

(c)Beyond120cmgirth,up toandincluding240cmgirth.

(d)Above240cmgirth.

Page 26: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 26 of 179

SUBHEAD:3.0

CONCRETEWORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Concrete Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume I – 2009 Page No.83 to 112 (with its latest corrections slips up to

the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like cement, aggregates, sand,

water and concrete admixtures if any, Equipment to be used, procedures

for Mixing and Placing of Concrete, curing of concrete etc. and Testing of

Fresh concrete and concrete after it has set.

Contractor shall establish full-fledged testing laboratory equipped with all

necessary testing instruments, at site as directed by Engineer – in –

Charge. Contractor shall also be responsible to produce the results of

testing as specified in these specifications and as per relevant Indian

Standards at specified frequency.

Page 27: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 27 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS OF CONCRETE WORK

DSR Item No. 4.1.10 : Providing and laying in position cement concrete

of specified grade excluding the cost of centering and shuttering where

payable as per general notes - All work up to plinth level : (a) : 1:5:10

(1 Cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal

size)

DSR Item No. 4.1.5:(c):1:3:6 (1 Cement: 3 coarse sand: 6 graded stone

aggregate 20 mm nominal size)

DSR Item No. 4.1.8:(d): 1:4:8 (1 Cement: 4 coarse sand: 8 graded stone

aggregate 40 mm nominal size)

1.0MATERIAL

Water,cement,fineaggregate orsand,surkhi,andflyash, coarseaggregates

s h a l l beasspecifiedinde ta i l e d spe c i f i ca t i on s o f Co n cre t e wor k s.

2.0 Proportions:

Concrete shall be classified by different proportions of Cement: Fine aggregate:

Coarse Aggregate.

3.0The measurements shall be in Cum.

4.0The rates shall include all the cost of all materials, labour for all operations

of mixing, placing, finishing and curing of concrete and all the equipment

required for the work.

Page 28: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 28 of 179

SUBHEAD:4.0

REINFORCEDCEMENTCONCRETEWORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Reinforced Cement Concrete Work of

CPWD Specifications Volume I – 2009 Page No.113 to 200 (with its latest

corrections slips up to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like cement, aggregates, sand,

water and concrete admixtures if any, Equipment to be used, procedures

for Mixing, transporting and Placing of Concrete at desired location,

curing of concrete etc. and Testing of Fresh concrete and concrete after it

has set.

All Concrete to be used for Reinforced Cement concrete will be of

Designed mix only. The rates include for using minimum quantity of

cement as specified for relevant design mix and use of Concrete

admixture to achieve desired workability for the concrete.

Contractor shall establish full-fledged testing laboratory equipped with all

necessary testing instruments, at site as directed by Engineer – in –

Charge. Contractor shall also be responsible to produce the results of

testing as specified in these specifications and as per relevant Indian

Standards at specified frequency.

Contractor shall provide necessary scaffolding, Centering and Form work

of approved quality as required as per detailed drawings and as directed

by Engineer – in – Charge. The rates include for designing of form work

required for special shapes as detailed and making all necessary safety

arrangements as per relevant safety codes.

The Reinforcement work includes, cutting, bending, placing and binding

of reinforcement of approved quality as per detailed drawings and as

directed by the Engineer – in – Charge. Necessary testing of

Reinforcement as per relevant Indian Standards will have to be carried

out at specifiedfrequency/within the quoted rates.

Page 29: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 29 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FOR

REINFORCEDCEMENT CONCRETEWORK

DSR Item No. 5.9.1:Centering and shuttering including strutting,

propping etc. and removal of form for

(a) : Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. for mass

concrete

DSR Item No. 5.9.2:(b): Walls (any thickness) including attached

pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses & kerb etc.

DSR Item No. 5.9.3:(c): Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and

access platform including edges

DSR Item No. 5.9.4:(d): Shelves (Cast in situ)

DSR Item No. 5.9.5:(e): Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, resumes

and cantilevers

DSR Item No. 5.9.6:(f): Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, Posts and

Struts

DSR Item no. 5.9.7:(g): Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral-

staircases

DSR Item No. 5.9.9:(h):Arches, domes, vaults up to 6 m span.

DSR Item No. 5.9.14:(i):Extra for shuttering in circular work.

DSR Item No.5.9.15 : (j) : Small lintels not exceeding 1.5 m clear span,

molding as in cornices, window sills, string courses, bands, copings, bed

plates, anchor blocks and the like.

DSR Item No. 5.9.19:(k):Weather shade, chajjas, corbels etc., including

edges.

1FormWork

The form work should be as per mentioned in 5.2.1 of CPWD specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete work.

2Design&ToleranceinConstruction

The form work should be as per mentioned in 5.2.2 of CPWD specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete work.

3GeneralRequirement

The form work should be as per mentioned in 5.2.3 of CPWD specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete work.

4SurfaceTreatment

The form work should be as per mentioned in 5.2.4 of CPWD specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete work.

5InspectionofFormWork

Page 30: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 30 of 179

The form work should be as per mentioned in 5.2.5 of CPWD specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete work.

6Measurements

The form work should be as per mentioned in 5.2.6 of CPWD specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete work.

7Rate

The form work should be as per mentioned in 5.2.7 of CPWD specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete work.

DSR Item No. 5.22.6:Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including

straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all

complete up to plinth level. Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars TMT 500

D

1GeneralRequirements

The general requirements of Item No. 5.22 should be as mentioned above in

5.3.1 of general specifications of Reinforced Cement Concrete Works.

2WeldingofBars

The Welding of bars should be as mentioned above in 5.3.2 of general

specifications of Reinforced Cement Concrete Works.

3PlacinginPosition

The Positioning of steel should be as mentioned above in 5.3.3 of general

specifications of Reinforced Cement Concrete Works.

4Measurement

The measurements should be as mentioned above in 5.3.4 of general

specifications of Reinforced Cement Concrete Works.

5Rate

The rates should be as mentioned above in 5.3.5 of general specifications of

Reinforced Cement Concrete Works.

DSR Item No. 5.22A.6:Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including

straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding all

complete above plinth level. Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars TMT

500 D

The relevant specifications should be as per mentioned in above Item except

that the rate shall be paid separately for work above plinth level.

Page 31: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 31 of 179

DSR Item No. 5.33.1 : Providing and laying in position machine batched

and machine mixed design mix M-25 grade cement concrete for

reinforced cement concrete work, using cement content as per approved

design mix, including pumping of concrete to site of laying but excluding

the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement, including

admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS: 9103 to accelerate,

retard setting of concrete, improve workability without impairing

strength and durability as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(Note: - Cement content considered in this item is @ 330 kg/cum.

Excess/ less cement used as per design mix is payable/recoverable

separately.

(A): All works up to plinth level

DSR Item No. 5.33.2:(b):All works above plinth level up to Floor V level.

Refer following section - Para 5.4 Page 135 to 144 for Nominal Mix, Para 5.8

on Page 147 to 149 for Design Mix concrete, Para 5.9 on Page 149 to Page 157

for Ready Mix Concrete and Para 5.10 on Page 157 for Placing of concrete of

CPWD Specifications for Reinforced Cement Concrete work .

A CONCRETING

1Consistency

2PlacingofConcrete

3Compaction

4Constructionjoints

5ExpansionJoints

6Curing

7Finishing

8StrengthofConcrete

9TestingofConcrete

10 StandardofAcceptance–forNominalMix

11Measurements

12Tolerances

13 Rate

Para 5.8 DESIGNMIX

Definition

1MixDesignandProportioning

2StandardDeviation

3AcceptanceCriteria

4CementContentofConcrete

5 Water cement Ratio and slump

Page 32: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 32 of 179

6ApprovalofDesignMix

CREADYMIXEDCONCRETE(asperIS4926)

1Materials

2GeneralRequirements

3 SamplingandTestingofReady-MixedConcrete

4InformationtobesuppliedbythePurchaser

5InformationtobesuppliedbytheProducer

6ProductionandDelivery

7QualityControl

8OrderProcessing

9Records

DPLACINGCONCRETEBYPUMPING

1 General

2PumpingEquipment’s

DSR Item No. 5.34.1:Extra for providing richer mixes at all floor levels.

Note: - Excess/less cement over the specified cement content used

ispayable /recoverable separately. Providing M-30 grade concrete

instead of M-25 grade BMC /RMC. (Note: - Cement content considered in

M-30 is @ 340 kg/cum)

Relevant specifications of concreting described above shall be followed except

that for M-30 grade concreting extra rate over M-25 grade concreting shall be

measured and paid for separately.

DSR Item No. 5.35:Add for using extra cement in the items of design

mix over and above the specified cement content therein.

DSR Item No. 5.42.1 : Providing and fixing tapered / parallel threaded

couplers conforming to IS code on “Reinforcement Couplers for

Mechanical Splices of Bars for Concrete Reinforcement - Specification”,

to reinforcement bars including threading, enlargement at connection by

forging, protecting the prepared reinforcement bars and related

operations as required to complete the works per direction of Engineer-

in-Charge. (The length of the bars in which coupler is to be provided

should not be less than 4 meter, no deduction for labour and binding

wire saved for not providing lap length shall be made).

(A): Coupler for 16 mm diameter reinforcement bar

DSR Item No. 5.42.2:(b): Coupler for 20 mm diameter reinforcement bar

DSR Item No. 5.42.3:(c): Coupler for 25 mm diameter reinforcement bar

Page 33: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 33 of 179

1. Material

This item comprising of Providing and fixing tapered / parallel threaded couplers

conforming to IS code on “Reinforcement Couplers for Mechanical Splices of Bars

for Concrete Reinforcement - Specification”, to reinforcement bars including

threading, enlargement at connection by forging, protecting the prepared

reinforcement bars and related operations as required to complete the works per

direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (The length of the bars in which coupler is to be

provided should not be less than 4 meter, no deduction for labour and binding

wire saved for not providing lap length shall be made).

2. Measurements:

Couplers shall be measured in unit of Numbers.

3. Rate

The rate shall include the cost of material supply of labour, tools, adhesive

material fixing and equipment required for placing.

DSR Item N. 5.43.2: Providing and fixing in position Stainless steel Grade

304 plate-1.0 mm thick as per design for expansion joints.

(a): 300 mm wide.

Above item comprising of Providing and fixing in position Stainless steel Grade

304 plate-1.0 mm thick & 200 mm or 300 mm wide as per design for expansion

joints.

Method of Application

200mm wide SS 304 grade plate 1 mm thick shall be fixed after levelling as per

surrounding flooring area and plate to be fixed with adhesive as per directed by

engineer - in – charge. The expansion joint shall be cleaned and made dry

completely. All loose materials shall also be removed.

Disturbed edges of R.C.C. members near expansion joints shall be finished with

rich mortar without any extra work includes providing required width of

expansion board in the joints and measurement of expansion board only shall be

taken.

Measurements

Allworkshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacm.

The length of the Stainless steel Grade 304 plate shall be measured in running

meters corrected up to a cm.

Rate

The rate shall include the cost of material and labor involved in all the operations

described above.

Page 34: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 34 of 179

Page 35: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 35 of 179

SUBHEAD:5.0

BRICKWORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Brick Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume I – 2009 Page No.201 to 236 (with its latest corrections slips up

to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like cement, sand, Bricks, water

etc., scaffolding, Brick Masonry bonds, curing of works etc. and Testing

of Materials etc.

Page 36: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 36 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BRICK WORK

DSR Item No. 6.1.2 : Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non

modular) bricks of 230 mm x 110 mm x 70 mm class designation 7.5 in

foundation and plinth in: Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand)

Refer following sections - List of Mandatory tests Page 205, Para 6.1Page 214,

and Para 6.2 on Page 219 of CPWD Specifications for Brickwork.

Refer BRICKS/BRICKTILES/BRICKBATS/MECHANIZED

AUTOCLAVEFLYASHLIMEBRICK

1.0 Material

Bricksusedinthemasonrymaybeofthefollowingtype.

(a)The CommonBurntClay

1.1Dimensions

1.2Classification

1.3SamplingandTests

1.5 BurntClayPerforatedBuildingBricks

1.5.1GeneralQuality:

1.5.2Dimensions andTolerances:

1.5.3Perforations

1.5.4CompressiveStrength:

1.5.5WaterAbsorption:

1.5.6Efflorescence

1.5.7Warpage:

2BRICKWORK

2.1Classification

2.2Mortar

2.3SoakingofBricks

2.4Laying

2.5Joints

2.6Curing

2.7Scaffolding

2.8Measurements

2.9Rate

Page 37: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 37 of 179

DSR Item No. 6.4.2 : Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non

modular) bricks of size 230mm x 110mm x 70mm class designation

7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor V level in all

shapes and sizes in : Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand)

The relevant specification shall be as per the above item of brickwork except

that the work is to be done in superstructure above plinth level for all levels in

all shapes and sizes.

DSR Item No. 6.13.2 : Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S.

(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above

plinth level up to floor V level in Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4

coarse sand)

HALFBRICKWORK

Brickworkinhalfbrickwallsshallbedoneinthesamemannerasdescribedaboveinbrick

workexcept thatthebricksshallbelaidinstretcherbond.

Themortarinterposedbetweenthereinforcement

barsandthebrickshallnotbelessthan5mm.

Themortarcoveringinthedirectionofjointsshallnotbelessthan15mm.

1Measurements

Thelengthandheightofthewallshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacm.Theareashallbecalcul

atedin sq.m. where half brick wall is joined to the main walls of one brick or

greater thickness and

measurementsforhalfbrickwallshallbetakenforitsclearlengthfromthefaceofthethick

erwall.

2Rate

Therateincludesthecostofthematerialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescrib

edabove.

DSR Item No. 6.23 : Honey-comb brick work 10 / 11.4 cm thick with

common burnt clay bricks of class designation 7.5 in super structure

above plinth level up to floor V level in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :

4 coarse sand).

The honeycomb brick work shall be done with specified class of brick, laid in

specified mortar. All joints and edges shall be struck flush to give an even

surface. The thickness of the brick honeycomb work shall be as specified in

drawing. Openings shall be as specified in drawing.

Page 38: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 38 of 179

The length and height shall be measured correct to a cm. Area shall be

calculated in square meters correct to two places of decimal. Honeycomb

openings shall not be deducted. The rate includes the cost of all materials,

equipment, labour, carting, loading & unloading, removal of debris to local

specified within the site, involved in all the operations described above.

DSR Item No. 6.44 : Brick edging 7cm wide 11.4 cm deep to plinth

protection with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class

designation 7.5 including grouting with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4

fine sand).

Refer following sections - Para 6.13 Page 225, of CPWD Specifications for

Brickwork.

1 Bricks

2 Mortar

3 Base Concrete

4 Soaking of Bricks

5 Laying

6Joints

7Curing

8DryBrickFlooring

9Measurements

10Rate

DSR Item No. 6.38 : Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement

blocks masonry with 100 mm thick AAC blocks in super structure

above plinth level up to floor V level in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :

4 coarse sand ). The rate includes providing and placing in position 2

Nos 6 mm dia M.S. bars at every third course of masonry work.

DSR Item No. 6.5 : Extra for brick work / AAC block masonry / Tile

brick masonry in superstructure above floor V level, for each four floors

or part thereof by mechanical means.

DSR Item No. 6.14:Extra for half brick masonry in superstructure,

above floor V level for every four floors or part thereof by mechanical

means.

Page 39: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 39 of 179

SUBHEAD:6.0

STONEWORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Stone Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume I – 2009 Page No.237 to 272 (with its latest corrections slips up

to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like cement, sand, various types of

stones, water etc., scaffolding, laying of stone in Masonry, flooring ,

cladding etc., curing of works and Testing of Materials etc.

Page 40: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 40 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FORSTONE WORK

DSR Item No. 7.1.1: Random rubble masonry with hard stone in

foundation and plinth including levelling up with cement concrete 1:6:12

(1 cement: 6 coarse sand: 12 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal

size) up to plinth level with: Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement: 6 coarse

sand)

DSR Item No. 7.8.1:Coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or

second sort) in superstructure above plinth level and upto floor five

level. Masonry work (first sort), in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement:6

coarse sand)

DSR Item No. 7.32.1: Stone work, plain in copings, cornices, string

courses and plinth courses, upto 75 mm thick in Cement mortar 1:6 (1

cement : 6 coarse sand), including pointing with white cement mortar

1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment

matching the stone shade. - Red Sandstone

DSR Item No. 7.33.1 : Providing and fixing stone jali 40 mm thick

throughout in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), including

pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust)

with an admixture of pigment, matching the stone shade, jali slab

without any chamfers etc. Red sand stone

Page 41: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 41 of 179

SUBHEAD:7.0

MARBLE& GRANITE WORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Stone Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume I – 2009 Page No.273 to 290 (with its latest corrections slips up

to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like cement, sand, Granite stones,

water etc., scaffolding, laying of Granite stone in flooring, Skirting,

platforms cladding etc., curing of works and Testing of Materials etc.

Page 42: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 42 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FORGRANITE WORK

DSR Item No. 8.2.2.2 : Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut,

mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished, machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills , facias and similar locations of

required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment epoxy touch ups, including

rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels. (a): Granite of any colour and shade Area of slab over 0.50 Sqm

DSR Item No. 8.3.2:Providing edge moulding to 18 mm thick marble

stone counters, Vanities etc., including machine polishing to edge to

give high gloss finish etc. complete as per design approved by engineer

in charge.

(A): Granite work

DSR Item No. 8.5 : Extra for providing opening of required size & shape

for wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counter and

similar location in marble/Granite/stone work, including necessary

holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut

edges etc. complete.

DSR Item No. 8.12 : Providing and laying flamed finish Granite stone

flooring in required designand patterns, in linear as well as curvilinear

portions of the building allcomplete as per the architectural drawings

with 18 mm thick stone slabover 20 mm (average) thick base of cement

mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarsesand) laid and jointed with cement

slurry and pointing with white cementslurry admixed with pigment of

matching shade including rubbing, curingand polishing etc. all complete

as specified and as directed by the Engineer in-Charge :

(a) Flamed finish granite stone slab Jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite

Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent.

Please refer to Para 8.0, 8.1, 8.2, 8.7, etc. of CPWD Civil Works Specifications

2009 Volume I, for relevant items of work.

Page 43: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 43 of 179

SUBHEAD:8.0

WOOD AND PVCWORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Stone Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume I – 2009 Page No.291 to 392 (with its latest corrections slips up

to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like wood, glass, ply wood,

laminates, veneers, non-asbestos cement boards, wire mesh, hardware,

gules and adhesives etc. to be used for doors, windows, partitions, and

other related works and Testing of Materials etc. Wood to be used in the

work shall be well seasoned timber having minimum of moisture content

as required as per relevant Indian Standards, and the quality of wood

shall be as specified in the BOQ. The joinery for various components shall

be as per detailed drawings and as directed by the Engineer – in –

Charge.

Page 44: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 44 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FORWOOD WORK

DSR Item No. 9.1.1:Providing wood work in frames of doors, windows,

clerestory windows and other frames, wrought framed and fixed in

position with hold fast lugs or with dash fasteners of required dia &

length (hold fast lugs or dash fastener shall be paid for separately).

(a) : Second class teak wood

The relevant specification as per Para 9.3 along with its sub para, of CPWD

Civil works specifications 2009 Vol.1, shall be followed for frames of doors,

windows, ventilators etc.

The frames shall be measured in volume of teak wood used in the making of

frames and shall be paid in the unit of Cum.

DSR Item no. 9.7.1 : Providing and fixing paneling or paneling and

glazing in paneled or paneled and glazed shutters for doors, windows

and clerestory windows (Area of opening for panel inserts excluding

portion inside grooves or rebates to be measured). Paneling for paneled

or paneled and glazed shutters 25 mm to 40 mm thick:

(a): Second class teak wood panels- 25 mm thick

DSR Item No. 9.7.7.2:(b): Float glass panes 5.0 mm thick glass panes

DSR Item No.: 9.7.8 (c):Fly proof stainless steel grade 304 wire gauge

with 0.5 mm dia. wire and 1.4 mm wide aperture with matching wood

beading

The relevant specification as per Para 9.2 along with its sub para, of CPWD

Civil works specifications 2009 Vol.1, shall be followed for the Paneling

Materials viz, Teak wood panels, Marin ply panels, Gloat glass panels, wire

mesh (Wire Gauze) etc. Para 9.6.4 along with its sub paras refers to the fixing

of Panels in shutter frames.

Measurements

Forpanelingofeachtypeorforglazedpanellengthandwidthofopeningforpanelsinserts

or glazed panels shall be measured correct toacm before fixing the beading and

the area shall be

calculatedtothenearest0.01sq.m.Theportionsofthepanelinsertsorglazedpanelinsid

ethegrooves orrebatesshallnotbemeasuredforpayment.

Rates

Panels shall be measured in square meters and rates shall include all

operations involved in the work.

Page 45: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 45 of 179

DSR Item No. 9.21.1+9.23-9.15.1.1: Providing and fixing ISI marked

flush door shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I) non-decorative type,

core of block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and

well matched commercial 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross

bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters, lipping with 2nd class

teakwood battens 25 mm minimum depth on all edges of flush door

shutters:

(a): 35 mm thick excluding ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with

necessary screws

The relevant specification as per Para 9.7 along with its sub para, of CPWD

Civil works specifications 2009 Vol.1 shall be followed for the Flush door

shutters. Testing of Flush door shutters shall be carried out as per para

9.7.10.

DSR Item No. 9.22.1:Extra for providing and fixing flush doors with

decorative veneering instead of non-decorative ISI marked flush door

shutters conforming to IS: 2202 (Part I)

(a): On one side only

DecorativefaceveneersshallconformtotypeIdecorativeplywoodinIS1328.

Combined Thickness of Face veneer and cross bands shall be 3.0 mm.

Decorative veneer shall be fixed to flush shutters by gluing under hot press

with suitable BWP adhesive. Decorative Veneers shall be measured in square

meters and rates shall include all operations including cost of materials and

labour components.

DSR Item No. 9.127 : Providing & Fixing decorative high pressure

laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in gloss / matt / suede finish with

high density protective surface layer and reverse side of adhesive

bonding quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S, including cost of

adhesive of approved quality.

(a):1.0 mm thick on one side only

Decorativehigh pressure laminates shallconformtothermosetting synthetic

resin bonded laminated sheets as per IS 2046. Decorative laminate shall be

fixed to flush shutters by gluing under hot press with suitableBWP adhesive.

Decorative Laminates shall be measured in square and rates shall include all

operations including cost of materials and labour components

DSR Item No. 9.84 : Providing and fixing aluminum extruded section

body tubular type universalhydraulic door closer (having brand logo

with ISI, IS : 3564, embossed onthe body, door weight upto 36 kg to 80

Page 46: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 46 of 179

kgand door width from 701 mm to1000 mm), with double speed

adjustment with necessary accessoriesand screws etc. complete.

Please refer General Specifications for door closers as per Para 9.15.22 of the CPWD Civil

works specifications 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item No. 21.4.1 : Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor

spring of approved brandand manufacture conforming to IS : 6315,

having brand logo embossedon the body / plate with double spring

mechanism and door weight upto125 kg, for doors, including cost of

cutting floors, embedding in floors asrequired and making good the

same matching to the existing floor finishingand cover plates with brass

pivot and single piece M.S. sheet outer boxwith slide plate etc. complete

as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

With stainless steel cover plate minimum 1.25 mm thickness

The hydraulic floor spring shall be heavy duty double action floor spring of make

approved by the Engineer-in-Charge suitable for door leaf of weight minimum

100 kg. The top cover plate shall be of stainless steel, flushing with floor finish

level. The contractor shall cut the floor properly with stone cutting machine to

exact size & shape. The spindle of suitable length to accommodate the floor

finish shall be used. The contractor shall give the guarantee duly supported by

the company for proper functioning of floor spring at least for 10 years.

Measurement:

The hydraulic floor spring as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above.

Page 47: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 47 of 179

DSR Item No. 21.8.1. : Filling the gap in between aluminum frame &

adjacent RCC/ Brick/ Stonework by providing weather silicon sealant

over backer rod of approved qualityas per architectural drawings and

direction of Engineer-in-charge complete.

Upto 5mm depth and 5 mm width

DSR Item No. 9.48.2 :Providing and fixing M.S. grills of required pattern

in frames of windows etc. with M.S. flats, square or round bars etc.

including priming coat with approved steel primer all complete. Fixed to

openings /wooden frames with rawl plugs screws etc.

Page 48: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 48 of 179

SUBHEAD:9.0

STEELWORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Steel Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume I – 2009 Page No.393 to 442 (with its latest corrections slips up

to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like Structural Steel sections and

M.S.pipes, M.S. Tubular sections, Nuts, Bolts, Rivets, Welding Electrodes,

Rolling shutters, Bearings, Springs, Stainless steel pipes and sections,

Glass, Primer etc. and Testing of Materials etc. Strength parameters of

various materials shall be as per relevant Indian Standards, and the

quality of materials shall be as specified in the BOQ. The joinery for

various components shall be as per detailed drawings and as directed by

the Engineer – in – Charge.

Page 49: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 49 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FORSTEEL WORK

DSR Item no. 10.6.1 : Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved

make, made of required size M.S. laths, interlocked together through

their entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks,

mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side guides

and arrangements for inside and outside locking with push and pull

operation complete, including the cost of providing and fixing necessary

27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel wire of

adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part 1 and M.S. top cover of

required thickness for rolling shutters.

(a): 80x1.25 mm M.S. laths with 1.25 mm thick top cover

DSR Item No. 10.7:Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling shutters.

DSR Item No. 10.8.1:Extra over DSR item No. 10.6.1 for providing

mechanical device chain and crank operation for operating rolling

shutters.

(a) : Exceeding 10.00 sqm and up to 16.8 sqm in the area

DSR Item no. 10.9 : Extra over DSR item No. 10.6.1for providing grilled

rolling shutters manufactured out of 8 mm dia M.S. bar instead of laths

as per design approved by Engineer-in- charge,(area of grill to be

measured).

Please refer to Para 10.8, 10.9, of CPWD Civil works specifications 2009 Volume

1 for detailed specifications of rolling shutters.

DSR Item No. 10.16.1:Steel work in builtup tubular(round, square or

rectangular hollow tubes etc.) trusses etc., including cutting, hoisting,

fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer,

including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc.

complete.

Hot finished welded type tube.

Please refer to Para 10.13, of CPWD Civil works specifications 2009 Volume 1

for detailed specifications of rolling shutters

DSR Item No. 10.25.1 : Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed

work including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a

priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel etc. as

required.

(a) : In stringers, treads, landings etc. of stair cases, including use

of cheered plate wherever required, all complete

Page 50: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 50 of 179

DSR Item No. 10.25.2: (b): In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder,

railings, brackets, gates, and similar works.

Please refer to Para 10.17, of CPWD Civil works specifications 2009 Volume 1

for detailed specifications of Stringers, landings, staircase railings, grating,

guard bars, safety grills, ladders, gates and similar works.

DSR Item No. 10.26.1 : Providing and fixing hand rail of approved size

by welding etc. to steel ladder railing, balcony railing, staircase railing

and similar works, including applying priming coat of approved steel

primer.

(a) : M.S. tube

Please refer to Para 10.18, of CPWD Civil works specifications 2009 Volume 1

for detailed specifications of handrails of staircase and balcony railings etc.

DSR Item No. 10.27.3 : Providing and fixing carbon steel galvanized (

minimum coating 5 micron) dash fastener of 10 mm dia double

threaded 6.8 grade (yield strength 480 N/mm2), counter sunk head,

comprising of 10 m dia polyamide PA 6 grade sleeve, including drilling

of hole in frame , concrete/ masonry, etc. as per direction of Engineer-

in-charge.

(a) :10 x 120 mm

DSR Item No. 10.27.2: (b):10 x 80 mm

Use light duty universal door/window fixing anchors HRD HR2 or equivalent of

10 mm dia. (120 mm long or 80 mm long as the case may be). The anchor

should be made of polyamide sleeve PA6 grade and stainless steel A2 Grade.

Measurements

Measurements for the dash fastener shall be in number.

Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labor involved in all the

operation described above.

DSR Item No. 10.28 : Providing and fixing stainless steel ( Grade 304)

railing made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc., including welding,

grinding, buffing, polishing and making curvature (wherever required)

and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts

complete, i/c fixing the railing with necessary accessories & stainless

steel dash fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc., of required size, on the

top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as

per approval of Engineer-in-charge, ( for payment purpose only weight

Page 51: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 51 of 179

of stainless steel members shall be considered excluding fixing

accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.).

Stailess Steel Fabrication Work

This specification covers all stainless steel work of grade 304 and steel based

composite items like pergola, gazebo, hand-rails, fencing, columns, frames,

louvers, etc. All stainless steel work shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.

Stainless Steel Components

All stainless steel items shall be conforming to Indian Standards. Stainless steel

items shall be supplied with a brushed hairline finish. All stainless steel fixings

and fittings shall conform to relevant Indian Standards or equivalent

International Standards. Stainless steel supplied shall be of minimum 304

grade.

Regular Cutting

Cutting shall be carried out via mechanical or heat powered tools.

Maximum permissible variation shall be 5 millimeters for all cuts.

All cut areas shall be ground to a smooth surface using mechanical grinder.

CNC Precision Cutting and Engraving

Computerized numerical controlled precision cutting and engraving shall be

carried out on areas shown in contract drawings or as directed by EIC.

This process shall be carried out by entering computerized drawings into a

computer controlled laser based CNC cutting and engraving machine. Samples

shall be approved by EIC before entire process is carried out.

Maximum permissible variation shall be one millimeter.

All cut areas shall be ground to a smooth surface using precision mechanical

grinders only if required.

Welding Joints

Welding joints shall be to relevant Indian Standards for material, processes and

workmanship. All welds are required to be ground smooth to the approval of the

EIC. All sharp edges shall be ground smooth as per directions of EIC.

Bending

Bending of Stainless steel sections shall be undertaken to provide smooth and

true curves. Tightly curved and bent sections shall be free from all distortions

and rippling. All sharp edges shall be ground smooth.

Fixings and Fastenings

Generally , the Contractor shall provide a sample of all fixings and fastenings to

the EIC for approval. These shall include but not be limited to beams, columns,

hinges, locks, nuts and bolts, nails and screws, cables, wire and tensioners.

Page 52: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 52 of 179

Surface Finishes on Stainless Steel

Stainless steel work shall be finished matt or glossy as specified in contract

drawings using mechanical finishing and grinding tools. Finish should be level

and smooth with an even pattern as directed and approved by EIC.

Measurement

Stainless steel items shall be measured in kilograms of finished items (excluding

all wastage), accurate to the nearest 100 grams. Rates shall include cutting,

welding and workmanship, as well as nuts, bolts, fasteners, etc. accessories

required for installing the item.

Page 53: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 53 of 179

SUBHEAD:10.0

FLOORING WORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Flooring Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume I – 2009 Page No.443 to 480 (with its latest corrections slips up

to the date of submission of the Tender.

Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure laid down in the above

specifications for quality of Materials like Bricks for flooring, Concrete,

Kotah stones, Red Mandana stones, Rough kota stone, sand stones,

Bundi stone, Dholpur stone, Ceramic Glazed tiles, Rectified Ceramic tiles,

Vitrified tiles, Endura Vitrified tiles, Terracotta tiles, Glazed terracotta

tiles, Terracotta pavers, Red Mandana stone pavers and cobbles,

concrete pavers etc.vinyl flooring, and Testing of Materials etc. Quality of

materials and the polishing, texture etc. for various stones, tiles and

pavers/cobblesshall be the best as specified in the BOQ and as approved

by Engineer – in – Charge. Contractor shall submit the samples of all the

flooring materials well in advance and get approval from Engineer – in –

Charge before actually procuring the materials. Sizes of various stones

and tiles shall be as required for the flooring to be laid to the pattern as

per the detailed drawings and as directed. The flooring laid shall be

Finished/polished smooth or otherwise as per the texture required

according to relevant items of BOQ and as directed by the Engineer – in –

Charge. There shall be no undulations and offsets between adjoining

stones/tiles, what so ever in any kind variety of flooring.

Page 54: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 54 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FORFLOORING WORK

DSR Item No. 11.1.2 : Brick on edge flooring with bricks of class

designation 7.5 on a bed of 12 mm cement mortar, including filling the

joints with same mortar, with common burnt clay non modular bricks:

1:6 (1cement : 6 coarse sand).

Please refer para 11.1 – Brick on Edge Flooring of CPWD specifications for

Civil works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item No. 11.3.1 : Cement concrete flooring 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2

coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate) finished with a floating coat of

neat cement, including cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing

of steps etc. complete 40 mm thick with 20 mm nominal size stone

aggregate

Please refer para 11.2Cement Concrete Flooring of CPWD specifications

for Civil works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item No. 11.26.1 : Kota stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick

base laid over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment

to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing and polishing

complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)

(a) 25 mm thick

Please refer para 11.2Cement Concrete Flooring of CPWD specifications

for Civil works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR item No. 11.27 : Kota stone slabs 20 mm thick in risers of steps,

skirting, dado and pillars laid on 12 mm (average) thick cement mortar

1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry

mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs, including rubbing

and polishing complete.

Please refer para 11.21Kota stone flooring of CPWD specifications for Civil

works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item no. 8.6 : Extra for Mirror polishing over normal polishing of

marble work/Granite work/stone work where ever required to give

high gloss finish complete.

Polishing

Page 55: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 55 of 179

After completion of the simple polishing the grinding shall be carried out using

carborundum stone grade 500 to 2000 in successive order and final finishing

with emery of grade 2000

Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceofskirtingordadocorrecttoacm.Thissh

allbemeasuredcorrecttoamminthecaseofskirtingandcorrecttoa

cminthecaseofdado.Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesof

decimal.

DSR Item No. 11.31:Extra for pre finished nosing in treads of steps of

Kota stone/ sand stoneslab.

DSR Item No. 11.32:Extra for Kota stone/ sand stone in treads of steps

and risers using singlelength up to 1.05 metre.

DSR Item No. 11.36 : Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed

wall tiles conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the

manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours, shades except

burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-

Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over 12 mm thick bed of

cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey

cement slurry @ 3.3kg per sqm, including pointing in white cement

mixed with pigment of matching shade complete.

Please refer para 11.18Pressed Ceramic tiles in skirting and dado of

CPWD specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item no. 11.37:Providing and laying Ceramic glazed floor tiles of

size 300x300 mm (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) of 1st

quality conforming to IS: 15622 of approved make in colours such as

White, Ivory, Grey, Fume Red Brown, laid on 20 mm thick cement

mortar 1:4 (1 Cement: 4 Coarse sand), including pointing the joints with

white cement and matching pigment etc., complete.

Please refer para 11.18Pressed Ceramic tiles in skirting and dado of

CPWD specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item 11.53:Providing and fixing Glass mosaic tiles at finished plain

wall surface of size 20 mm x 20 mm x 4 mm in all colour, design, fixing

in customize design as per direction of Engineer-in- Charge. The Glass

mosaic tiles to be fixed on the wall surface with the help of approved

adhesive applied at the rate of 2.5 kg per Sqm and grouting of the same.

The rate is inclusive of all operation, material and required pattern

approved by Engineer-in-Charge:

Page 56: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 56 of 179

The tiles shall be of best quality and approved make. They shall be flat, and true

to shape and free from blisters crazing, chips, welts, crawling or other

imperfections detracting from their appearance. The tiles shall be square or

rectangular of nominal size 20mmx 20mm & Thickness shall be 4 mm specified

by the manufacturer. It includes the profiles on the visible face and on the rear

side.

Preparation of Surface and Laying

Base plaster on which the tiles are to be fixed shall be cleaned, wetted and

mopped.

Dado to be laid with adhesive. The plaster or flooring work shall be thoroughly

cleaned and checked for undulations, if any, shall be rectified with cement

mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand).

High polymer modified quick set tile adhesive (conforming to IS 15477) shall be

thoroughly mixed with water and a paste of zero slump shall be prepared so that

it can be used within 1.5 to 2 hours. It shall be spread over an area not more

than one sqm at one time. Average thickness of adhesive shall be 3 mm the

adhesive so spreaded shall be combed using suitable trowel. Tiles shall be

pressed firmly in to the position with slight twisting action checking it

simultaneously to ensure good contact gently being tapped with wooden mallet

till it is properly backed with adjoining tiles.

316mmX 316mm sheet size with the joint gap of 1.0 mm (approx.) pasted on a

plastic adhesive film of 1st class quality confirming of approved make shall be

fixed within 20 minutes of application of adhesive. The surplus adhesive from the

joints, surface of the tiles shall be immediately cleaned.

The surface of the flooring or dado shall be frequently checked during laying with

straight edge of above 2m long so as to attain a true surface with required

slope.

Where full size tile cannot be fixed these shall be cut (sawn) to the required size

and edges rubbed smooth to ensure straight and true joints.

Curing and Finishing

The day after the tiles are laid, plastic adhesive film shall be removed and all

joints shall be cleaned of the grey cement grout with a wire brush or trowel to a

depth of 2 mm and all dust and loose mortar removed and cleaned. Joints shall

then be grouted with epoxy grout grey or white with or without pigment to

match the shape of the topping of the wearing layer of the tiles.

Testing required:

i) Water Absorption

Page 57: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 57 of 179

ii) Thermal Shock Resistance

iii) Scratch Hardness of Surface on Mohs scale

Measurements

Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm before fixing skirting,

dado or wall plaster and the area calculated in square meter correct to two

places of decimal. Where coves are used at the junctions, the length and breadth

shall be measured between the lower edges of the coves.

No deduction shall be made for voids not exceeding 0.20 square meter.

Rate

The rate for flooring or dado shall include the cost of all materials and labour

involved in all the operations described above

DSR Item 11.41.2:Providing and laying vitrified floor tiles in different

sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water

absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of approved

make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4

(1 cement: 4 coarse sand), including grouting the joints with white

cement and matching pigments etc., complete.

(a): Size of Tile 600x600 mm

DSR Item No. 11.41.3:(b): Size of Tile 800x800 mm

1Operationsasdescribedin above ceramic flooring

tilesshallbefollowedexceptthe vitrifiedtilesshallconformto Table12ofIS15622

(TileswithwaterabsorptionE≤0.08percentGroupBIa)andthejointthicknessin

flooringshallnotbemorethan1mm.

2Rate

Therateforflooringshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoper

ations

describedabove.Nothingextrashallbepaidfortheuseofcut(sawn)tilesinthework.

DSR item No. 11.46.2:Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in different

sizes (thickness to be specified by manufacturer), with water absorption

less than 0.08 % and conforming to I.S. 15622, of approved make, in all

colours & shade, in skirting, riser of steps, over 12 mm thick bed of

cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including grouting the

joint with white cement &matching pigments etc. complete.

(a): Size of Tile 600x600 mm

DSR Item No. 11.46.3: (b): Size of Tile 800x800 mm

Page 58: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 58 of 179

1Operationsasdescribed above in flooring and skirtingshallbefollowed

exceptthetilesshallconformto Table12ofIS15622

(TileswithwaterabsorptionE≤0.08percentGroupBIA)andthejointthicknessin

flooringshallnotbemorethan1mm.

2Rate

Therateforskirting, riser of

stepsshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

describedabove.Nothingextrashallbepaidfortheuseofcut(sawn)tilesinthework.

DSR no. 11.33.1:Providing and fixing 25 mm wooden planking, tongued

and grooved in flooring, including fixing with iron screws complete.

(a) Second class teak wood

Please refer para 11.25wooden flooring of CPWD specifications for civil

works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item No. 16.68:Providing and laying 60mm thick factory made

cement concrete interlocking paver block of M -30 grade made by block

making machine with strong vibratory compaction, of approved size,

design & shape, laid in required colour and pattern over and including

50mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine

sand etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Material

Concrete Pavers For pedestrian areas, concrete pavers should be Precast and

cured paver blocks of 60mm thickness, ±2mm tolerance in dimensions and

flatness, min. compressive strength 300 kg/sq cm, made from materials

conforming to IS standards.

Sand Bedding

Sand bedding shall be done on 150 mm thick sub grade of compacted bed of 20

mm thick nominal size stone aggregate the paving blocks are indicated in the

Contract Drawings to be bedded on sand (flexible paving). This material shall be

naturally occurring sand or shall consist of crushed rock or gravel or a

combination thereof with naturally occurring sand, hard, clean, free from all

adherent coatings. It shall comply in all respects with relevant Indian Standards

or MORTH code and be well graded down from 5mm. The moisture content of

the laying course should be as uniform as possible and at or about its optimum.

Where material is to be stockpiled it should be covered. The laying course

should be such that, after compaction, it forms a nominally uniform layer, 50mm

thick, below the pavers. It shall be laid in accordance with either of the

following alternative methods: - The material should be spread loose in a

uniform layer and screeded to a thickness required to give nominal 50mm layer

Page 59: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 59 of 179

after completion of the paving. OR The material should be spread in a loose,

uncompacted layer to approximately 2/3 of the required final thickness. This

layer should be lightly compacted by means of a vibrating plated compactor. A

further layer of loose material should be spread and screeded to create a loose

surface on to which the units can be placed. Care should be taken to avoid

localized disturbance of the prepared laying course sand by pedestrian or

wheeled traffic prior to placing units. The area of laying course prepared should

be such that the position of its boundary is not more than one meter from the

position of the lying face at the end of the working period wherever practicable.

Joints in Flexible Paving Joints are to be 2mm when placed hand-tight. Pavers

shall be laid working from an existing laying face edge or edge restraint. Full

pavers should be laid first; closure units should then be laid. The area to be laid

should be completed as far as is possible in entire paver units. Wherever

possible, infilling to boundaries and obstructions should proceed as the laying of

the surface course proceeds and infilling should be completed before compaction

commences. Mechanical force shall not be used to obtain tight joints. For

flexible paving sand shall be brushed into the joints until they are filled to the

top surface of the paving blocks. Sand for joint filling should be dry with a

minimum particle size no greater than 1.18mm containing about 10% by weight

passing a 0.75mm sieve. Sand color shall be agreed with EIC prior to brushing

into joints. The Contractor shall allow for cutting units to achieve laying to

curves (without opening up joints).

Laying Pavers

The units shall be laid to the patterns shown in the drawings. Special paver

shapes designed to assist with the formation of boundaries and with changes in

direction may be incorporated with the approval of the EIC.

Cutting Pavers

Paving blocks requiring cutting shall be cut using a diamond blade bench saw to

give an acceptable quality edge to the satisfaction of the EIC and prior to general

cutting taking place on site. Pavers shall be cut to form, neat

junctions/boundaries with other paving materials/kerbs, street furniture, etc.

Fillets of colour matched mortar in lieu of small pieces of unit paving shall be

avoided where possible and only be used with the approval of the EIC. Paving

blocks showing a jagged or irregular edge will be rejected by the EIC and must

be replaced to the satisfaction of the EIC all at the Contractors expense. Care

shall be taken to avoid placing more than one cut kerb and/or paver unit in close

proximity to another cut unit at junctions/changes of direction of paving. The

Contractor must allow for the periodic replacement of blades in cutting

equipment to ensure clean cut edges to paving units.

Mixing Pavers Where there is a colour variation between batches of pavers the

Contractor is to ensure that pavers are mixed to avoid patterning in paved areas

Page 60: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 60 of 179

and this shall be to the approval of the EIC. Where patterning occurs the

Contractor shall lift, mix and relay the pavers to the EIC's approval.

Compaction of Flexible Paving Pavers on sand bed shall be subjected to passes

of a steel-faced vibrating-plate compactor to adequately compact the laying

course and to bed and regulate the paving blocks. The vibrating-plate compactor

shall have a centrifugal force of 16-20KN, a plate area of 0.35-0.5 sq m and a

frequency of 75-100Hz. enough passes shall be made to compact the paving

course and produce an even surface. All trimming should be completed before

the area is compacted. Compaction should follow laying as soon as possible but

should not be carried out within 1m of the laying edge. Apart from this edge

strip no area of paving should be left without being compacted at the completion

of the days' work. The EIC's approval must be obtained if compaction is not to

be completed at the end of the day's work.

Finished Levels Finished levels of the paving units shall not deviate by more than

2mm against adjacent units whilst the deviation from the design profile

measured under a 3m straight edge should not exceed 10mm. The units shall

form neat junctions with and prevent damage to adjacent work.

Cleaning on Completion of Work On completion the face of the units must be

clear of all dust, rust and other stains, adhering mortar and other droppings. Any

units from which stains cannot be removed shall be replaced at the Contractors

expense and be to the approval of the EIC. Flexible paving surfaces are to be

brushed down with a soft bristle brush with joints refilled with sand where

required. The paved areas must be left in a neat and tidy condition to the

satisfaction of the EIC.

Additional technical specifications for precast concrete paver blocks

Raw Materials - Cement

The cement used in the manufacture of high quality precast concrete paving

block shall be conforming to IS 12269 (53 grade) ordinary Portland cement or IS

8112 (43 grade ordinary Portland cement). The minimum cement content in

concrete used for making paver blocks should be 380 kg/cu.m.

Raw Materials - Aggregates

The fine and coarse aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring crushed or

uncrushed materials which apart from the grading requirements comply with IS

383-1970. The fine aggregates used shall contain a minimum of 25 % natural

silicon sand. Lime stone aggregates shall not be used. Aggregates shall contain

no more than 3 % by weight of clay and shall be free from deleterious salts and

contaminants.

Raw Materials - Water

Page 61: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 61 of 179

The water shall be clean and free from any deleterious matter. It shall meet the

requirements stipulated in IS: 456-2000.

Other materials

Any other material/ingredients used in the concrete shall conform to latest IS

specifications.

Paver blocks characteristics

•The concrete pavers should have perpendicularities after release from the

mould and the same should be retained until the laying.

•The surface should be of anti-skid and anti-glare type.

•The paver should have uniform chamfers to facilitate easy drainage of surface

run off.

•The pavers should have uniform interlocking space of 2 mm to 3 mm to ensure

compacted sand filling after vibration on the paver surface.

•The concrete mix design should be followed for each batch of materials

separately and automatic batching plant is to be used to achieve uniformity in

strength and quality.

•The pavers shall be manufactured in single layer only.

•Skilled labour should be employed for laying blocks to ensure line and level for

laying, desired shape of the surface and adequate compaction of the sand in the

joints.

•The pavers are to be skirted all round with kerbing using solid concrete or stone

kerbs or as directed by the EIC. The kerbing should be embedded for minimum

100 mm depth.

Laying - Priming

It will be the responsibilities of the contractors to ensure that the

manhole/pipeline cable trenches/circular drainage system etc. raised / lowered

to finish paving level using the requisite materials as per instruction of Engineer.

The areas of potholes/deep depressions at the isolated locations also have to be

filled up before laying the paver blocks. No extra pavements will be made for

this purpose.

It will be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that undulations on the

paver’s blocks are eliminated after the traffic is allowed on it. Proper slope for

drainage of water needs to be ensured by the Contractor. All necessary

materials, tools, tackles are required to be arranged by the Contractor.

Laying - Bedding sand course

Page 62: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 62 of 179

The bedding sand shall consist of clean well graded sand passing through 4.75

mm sieve and suitable for concrete. The bedding should be from either a single

source or blended to achieve the following grading;

Sieve size% passing

9.5 mm100

4.75 mm95-100

2.36 mm80-100

1.18 mm60-100

600 microns25-60

300 microns10-30

150 microns5-15

75 microns0-10

Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that single-sized, gap-graded sands or

sands containing an excessive amount of fines or plastic fines are not used. The

sand particles should preferably be sharp (not rounded) as sharp sand possess

higher strength and resist the migration of sand from under the block to less

frequency areas even though sharp sands are relatively more difficult to compact

than rounded sands, the use of sharp sands is preferred for the more heavily

trafficked driveways. The sand used for bedding shall be free of any deleterious

soluble salts or other contaminants likely to cause efflorescence.

The sand shall be of uniform moisture content and within 4 % - 8 % when

spread and shall be protected against rain when stock piled prior to spreading.

Saturated sand shall not be used. The bedding sand shall be spread loose in a

uniform layer as per drawing. The compacted uniform thickness shall be of 45

mm and within +/- 5 mm. Thickness variation shall not be used to correct

irregularities in the base course surface.

The spread sand shall be carefully maintained in a loose dry condition and

protected against pre-compaction both prior to and following screeding. Any pre-

compacted sand or screeded sand left overnight shall be loosened before further

laying of paving blocks take place.

Sand shall be slightly screeded in a loose condition to the predetermined depth

only slightly ahead of the laying of paving unit.

Any depressions in the screeded sand exceeding 5 mm shall be loosened, raked

and rescreeded before laying of paving blocks.

Laying of interlocking paver blocks

Page 63: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 63 of 179

Paver blocks shall be laid in pattern specified in drawing throughout the

pavement. Once the laying pattern has been established, it shall continue

without interruption over the entire pavement surface. Cutting of blocks, the

use of infill concrete or discontinuities in laying pattern is not to be permitted in

other than approved locations.

Paver blocks shall be placed on the uncompacted screeded sand bed to the

nominated laying pattern, care being taken to maintain the specified bond

throughout the job. The first row shall be located next to an edge restraint.

Specially manufactured edge paving blocks are permitted or edge blocks may be

cut using a power saw, a mechanical or hydraulic guillotine, bolster or other

approved cutting machine.

Paver blocks shall be placed to achieve gaps nominally 2 to 3 wide between

adjacent paving joints. No joint shall be less than 1.5 mm not more than 4 mm.

Frequent use of string lines shall be used to check alignment. In this regard the

“laying face” shall be checked at least every two meters as the face proceeds.

Should the face become out of alignment, it must be corrected prior to initial

compaction and before further laying job is proceeded with.

In each row, all full blocked shall be laid first. Closure blocks shall be cut and

fitted subsequently. Such closer blocks shall consist of not less than 25 % of full

blocks.

To infill spaces between 25 mm and 50 mm wide concrete having screened sand,

coarse aggregate mix and strength of 45 N/sq.mm shall be used. Within such

mix the nominal aggregate size shall not exceed one third the smallest

dimension of the infill space. For smaller spaces dry packed mortar shall be

used.

Except where it is necessary to correct any minor variations occurring in the

laying bond, the paver blocks shall not be hammered into position. Where

adjustment of paver blocks, necessary care shall be taken to avoid the

premature compaction of the sand bedding.

Initial Compaction:After laying the paver blocks, they shall be compacted to

achieve consolidation of the sand bedding and brought to design levels and

profiles by not less than two (2) passes of a suitable plate compactor.

The compactor shall be a high-frequency, low amplitude mechanical flat plate

vibrator having plate area sufficient to cover a minimum of twelve paving blocks.

Prior to compaction all debris shall be removed from the surface.

Compaction shall proceed as closely as possible following laying and prior to any

traffic. Compaction shall not, however, be attempted within one meter of the

laying face. Compaction shall continue until lipping has been eliminated between

adjoining blocks. Joints shall then be filled and re-compacted as described in

relevant Clause.

Page 64: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 64 of 179

All work further than one meter from the laying face shall be left fully compacted

at the completion of each day’s laying.

Any blocks that are structurally damaged prior to or during compaction shall be

immediately removed and replaced.

Sufficient plate compactors shall be maintained at the paving site for both

bedding compaction and joint filling.

Joint filling and final compaction:

As soon as possible after compaction and in any case prior to the termination of

work on that day and prior to the acceptance of vehicular traffic, sand for joint

filling shall be spread over the pavement.

Joint sand shall pass a 2.36 mm (No. 8) sieve and shall be free of soluble salts

or contaminants likely to cause efflorescence. The same shall comply with the

following grading limits

Sieve size% passing

2.36 mm100

1.18 mm90-100

600 microns60-90

300 microns30-60

150 microns15-30

75 microns10-20

The Contractor shall supply a sample of the jointing sand to be used in the

contract prior to delivery and such materials to site for incorporation into the

works. Certificates of test results issued by a recognized testing laboratory

confirming that the samples conform to the requirements of this specifications

shall accompany the sample.

The jointing sand shall be boomed to fill the joints. Excess sand shall then be

removed from the pavement surface and the jointing sand shall be compacted

with not less than one (1) Pass by the plate vibrator and joints refilled with sand

to full depth. This procedure shall be repeated until all joints are completely

filled with sand. No traffic shall be permitted to use the pavement until all joints

have been completely filled with sand and compacted.

Both the sand and paver blocks shall be dry when sand is spread and boomed

into the joints to prevent premature setting of the sand.

The difference in level (lipping) between adjacent blocks shall not exceed 3 mm

with not more than 1 % in any 3 m x 3 mm area exceeding 2 mm. Pavement

Page 65: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 65 of 179

which is deformed beyond above limits after final compaction shall be taken out

and reconstructed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Edge Restraint

Edge restrains need to be sufficiently robust to withstand override by the

anticipated traffic to withstand thermal expansion and to prevent loss of the

laying course material from beneath the surface course. The edge restraint

should present a vertical face down the level of the underside on the laying

course.

The surface course should not be vibrated until the edge restraint together with

any bedding or concrete hunching has gained sufficient strength. It is essential

that edge restraints are adequately secured.

Concrete Block Making Machine

The block making machine should ensure the following:

High degree of dimensional accuracy (± 3 mm)

Precast blocks with spacer nibs (23 mm to ensure uniform joints)

High compaction energy (to produce blocks with high compressive strength)

The above can be generally achieve by machine with following feature –

Block making machine should have simultaneously application of high intense

vibration to moulds at 3000 V.P.M. and hydraulic pressure 800 psi

Concrete Batching & Mixing Plant

The concrete Mix design should be followed for each batch of materials. The

concrete ingredient should be mixed in concrete Batching & Mixing plant with

suitable capacity. The plant should be equipped with automatic control panel for

maintaining water cement ratio from batch to batch to obtain concrete of

uniform quality and strength. The plant should be equipped with adequate

mechanism for mechanized loading on raw materials into mixer and conveyor

belt for transportation of concrete from mixer to concrete block making machine.

Sampling and testing procedures for paver blocks

Sample size

Average of minimum 3 samples per 5000 blocks shall be provided for testing.

Sampling for testing:

Sampling for testing of paver blocks shall be done in accordance with relevant

Clause.

Page 66: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 66 of 179

Compressive Strength:

Testing for compressive strength shall be undertaken in accordance with

Appendix-B. The average compressive strength of the 80 mm. thick paver blocks

tested shall be 50 N/Sq.mm and average compressive strength of the 60 mm.

thick paver blocks tested shall be 45 N/Sq.mm.

Water Absorption:

Testing for water absorption shall be in accordance with IS: 2185: 1979: Part-

(Specifications for Concrete Masonry Blocks) Appendix C.

Sampling of Paver Blocks

Method of sampling:

Before laying paver blocks, each designated section comprising not more than

50,000 blocks shall be divided into ten approximately equal groups. Nine blocks

shall be drawn from each group.

Marking and Identification:

All samples shall be clearly marked at the time of sampling in such a way that

the designated section of part thereof and the consignment represented by the

sample are clearly defined.

The sample shall be dispatched to the approved test laboratory taking precaution

to avoid damage to the paving in transit. Protect the paving from damage and

contamination until they have been tested. The samples shall be stored in water

at 20 ºC + 5 ºC for 24 hours prior to testing.

Procedure for testing of compressive strength for paver blocks

Testing machine:

The testing machines shall be of suitable capacity for the test and capable of

applying the load at the rate specified. It shall comply as regards repeatability

and accuracy with the requirements of relevant IS Specification.

Procedure:The sample specimens shall be tested in wet condition after being

stored for at least 24 hours in water maintained at a temperature of 20 ºC + 5

ºC before the specimens are submerged in water, the necessary area shall be

determined.

The plates of the testing machine shall be wiped clean and any loose girt or

other material removed from the contact faces of the specimen. Plywood

normally 4 mm. thick shall be used as packing between the upper and lower

faces of the specimen and the machine plates and these boards shall be larger

than the specimen by a margin of at least 5 mm at all points. Fresh packing

shall be used for each specimen tested. The specimen shall be placed in the

Page 67: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 67 of 179

machine with the wearing surface in a horizontal plane and in such a way that

the axes of the specimen are aligned with those of the machine plates. The load

shall be applied without shock and increased continuously at the rate of

Approximately 15 N/sq.mm per minute until no greater load can be sustained.

The maximum load applied to the specimen shall be recorded.

Calculation of corrected strength:

The compressive strength of each block specimen shall be calculated by dividing

the maximum load by full cross section area and multiplying by appropriate

factors.

Thickness and chamfer correction factors for compressive strength

Work size thickness (mm)Correction Factors

Plain blockChamfered block

601.001.06

801.121.18

1001.18 1.24

Compressive strength calculation

The average corrected compressive strength for the designed block section shall

be calculated.

Method for the determination of water absorption

The test specimens shall be completely immersed in water at room temperature

for 24 hours.

The specimens shall then be weighed, while suspended by a metal wire and

completely submerged in water.

They shall be removed from the water and allowed to drain for one minute.

Visible surface water should be removed with a damp cloth and immediately

weighed.

Subsequent to saturation, all specimens shall be dried in a ventilated oven at

100 to 115 ºC for not less than 24 hours and until two successive weightings at

intervals of 2 hours show an increment of loss not greater than 0.2 percent of

the last previously determined mass of the specimen.

Calculate the absorption as follows -

Absorption, kg/cum = A – B x 1000

A – C

Page 68: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 68 of 179

Absorption, percent = A – B x 100

BWhere;

A = Wet mass of unit in Kg.

B = Dry mass of unit in Kg and

C = Suspended immersed mass of unit in Kg

Measurement

Precast concrete paving shall be measured in square meters of finished paved

area, accurate to the nearest centimeter in each direction.

Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above.

Page 69: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 69 of 179

SUBHEAD: 11.0

Roofing

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Roofing of CPWD Specifications Volume

I – 2009 Page No.481 to 532 (with its latest corrections slips up to the

date of submission of the Tender.

Page 70: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 70 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS OF ROOFING

DSR Item No. 12.21.1:Providing gola 75x75 mm in cement concrete

1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 10 mm and down

gauge), including finishing with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine

sand) as per standard design: In 75x75 mm deep chase

Please refer para 12.13Cement Concrete Gola of CPWD specifications for

Civil works 2009 Volume 1.

DSR Item No. 12.22:Making khurras 45x45 cm with average minimum

thickness of 5 cm cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4

graded stone aggregate of 20 mm nominal size) over P.V.C. sheet 1 m

x1 m x 400 micron, finished with 12 mm cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement:

3 coarse sand) and a coat of neat cement, rounding the edges and

making and finishing the outlet complete.

Please refer para 12.14Khurrasof CPWD specifications for Civil works

2009 Volume 1.

Page 71: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 71 of 179

SUBHEAD: 12.0

Finishing

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Finishing Work of CPWD Specifications

Volume II – 2009 Page No.533 to 578 (with its latest corrections slips up

to the date of submission of the Tender.

Page 72: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 72 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS OF FINISHING

DSR Item No. 13.4.1:Providing and laying plaster

(A): 12 mm cement plaster of mix: 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)

DSR item No. 13.4.2:(b): 15 mm cement plaster on rough side of single

or half brick wall of mix: 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)

Please refer para 13.1Cement Plaster 12 mm, 15 mm or 20 mm of CPWD

specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II

DSR Item No. 13.12 : (C) : 18 mm cement plaster in two coats under

layer 12 mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) and a

top layer 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)

finished rough with sponge.

Please refer para 13.318 mm Cement Plaster (two coat work) of CPWD

specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II

DSR Item No 13.79:Extra for addition of synthetic Polyester triangular

fiber of length 6 mm, effective diameter 10-40 microns and specific

gravity of 1.34 to 1.40 in cement plaster/mortar by using 125 gms. of

synthetic Polyester triangular fiber for 50 Kgs. cement used in cement

mortar as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

1Material

The Recron 3-S polyester fiber of Reliance or its equivalent make @ 125 gm/bag

shall be used or Duramesh Concrete Fibrillated Polypropylene Fiber or

Monofilament Polypropylene Fiber for Guniting or precasting shall be used.

100% Virgin polypropylene Fibrillated Fiber containing no reprocessed Olefin

materials. The fibers shall be used for non – structural, temperature and

shrinkage crack reinforcement in hardened concrete. The application rate shall

be the minimum recommended dosage rate of 0.1% by volume (.5 lbs per cubic

yard / 0.9 kg per cubic meter). The fibers shall be used for the control of

cracking due to drying shrinkage and thermal version expansion and contraction,

lowered permeability, increased impact capacity, shatter resistance, abrasion

resistance and residual strength.

Chemical and Physical Properties

Material-Polypropylene

Specific Gravity-0.91

Fiber Type-Collated Fibrillated

Page 73: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 73 of 179

Fiber length-¼”, ½”, 1” - ½”

Modulus-0.5 (3.5 KN/mm3)2

Absorption-Nil

Melt Point-160-170 degree centigrade

Ignition Point-590 degree centigrade

Alkali Resistance-100% Alkali Proof

Thermal Conductivity-Low

Electrical Conductivity-Low

Acid and Salt Resistance -High

2Application

The synthetic Polyester triangular fiber shall be continuously stirred in the water

so that its consistency is kept uniform throughout, use of this water for

preparing mortar mix.

Otherdetailsshallbeasspecifiedinplasteringastheyareapplicabl

e.

3Measurement

It shallbemeasuredcorrecttono 12.5 gm pouch Per Bag of 50 Kg of cement bag.

4Rate

Therateshallincludeallmaterialandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescribedabove

with tools and scaffolding.

DSR Item no. 13.31.1:Pointing on brick work or brick flooring on non-

Modular bricks with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand)

(a): Flush / Ruled/ Struck or weathered pointing on bricks of size 230

mm x 110 mm x 70 mm

DSR Item no. 13.31.1:(b): Raised and cut pointing

DSR no. 13.33.1:Pointing on stone work with cement mortar 1:3 (1

cement: 3 fine sand):

(a) : Flush/ Ruled pointing

DSR Item no. 13.33.2:(b): Raised and cut pointing

Please refer para 13.13Cement Plaster (two coat work) of CPWD

specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II

Page 74: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 74 of 179

DSR item no. 13.37.1: White washing with lime to give an even shade:

New work (three or more coats)

Please refer para 13.14White washing with lime of CPWD specifications for

Civil works 2009 Volume II

DSR Item no. 13.80 : Providing and applying white cement based putty

of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and manufacturer, over

the plastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth

complete.

1 Materials

Cement based putty of approved brand and manufacture shall be used. Only

ready mixed putty as received from the manufacturer without any admixture

shall be used.

2 Commencing Work

Cement based putty shall not be started until the Engineer-in-Charge

hasinspected the items of work to be painted, satisfied himself about their

proper quality and given his approval to commence the painting work. Cement

based putty shall generally be taken in hand after practically finishing all other

building work. The rooms should be thoroughly swept out and the entire building

cleaned up, at least one day in advance of the Putty work being started.

3 Preparation of Surface

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted off. All rust, dirt, scales,

smoke splashes, mortar droppings and grease shall be thoroughly removed

before painting is started. The prepared surface shall have received the approval

of the Engineer-in-Charge after inspection, before painting is commenced.

4 Application

Before starting painting work order to achieve a superior finished surface, putty/

paste fillers shall be used on, all surfaces to be painted to fill pores, dents etc.

The putty/paste fillers shall be approved quality and manufacture and shall be

applied to the surface with a knife or other sharp edged tool after the priming

coat as well after each under coat. The surface, after filling with putty/paste

filler, shall be rubbed down with fine paper and dusted off before the application

of the subsequent coat. Paste wood filler when set shall be wiped across the

grain of the wood and then with the grain to secure a clean surface. Surface to

be stained shall be covered with a uniform coat of stain wiped off if required.

Each coat shall be allowed to dry completely and lightly rubbed with fine grade

pumice stone sand paper before next coat is applied. Each coat shall vary in

shade and well approved to Engineer in charge.

Page 75: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 75 of 179

5 Thespecificationsinrespectofscaffolding,protectivemeasures,measurements

andrateshall beasdescribedin painting.

DSR Item no. 13.41.1:Distempering with oil bound washable distemper

of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: New work

(two or more coats) over and including water thin able priming coat

with cement primer

Please refer para 13.19Oil Emulsion (Oil Bound) Washable Distempering

of CPWD specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II

DSR Item no. 13.85.3: Applying priming coats with primer of approved

brand and manufacture, having low VOC (Volatile Organic

Compound)content

(a): With water thinable cement primer on wall surface having VOC

content less than 50 grams/liter

Please refer para 13.20Cement Primer coat of CPWD specifications for

Civil works 2009 Volume II

DSR Item no. 13.44.1:Finishing walls with water proofing cement paint

of required shade: New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.84 kg/10

sqm)

Please refer para 13.21Cement Paint of CPWD specifications for Civil

works 2009 Volume II

DSR Item no. 13.83.2:Wall painting with premium acrylic emulsion paint

of interior grade, having VOC (Volatile Organic Compound) content less

than 50 grams/ liter of approved brand and manufacture, including

applying additional coats wherever required to achieve even shade and

colour. Two coats

Please refer para 13.31Plastic Emulsion Paint of CPWD specifications for

Civil works 2009 Volume II. All specifications shall be same as for Plastic

Emulsion paint except that Premium Acrylic Emulsion paint shall be used

in place of Plastic Emulsion paint.

DSR item no.13.84.2:Painting with synthetic enamel paint, having VOC

(Volatile Organic Compound) content less than 150 grams/ liter, of

approved brand and manufacture, including applying additional coats

wherever required to achieve even shade and colour. Two coats

Page 76: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 76 of 179

Please refer para 13.32Painting with Synthetic enamel Paint of CPWD

specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II.

DSR item no. 13.46.1:Finishing walls with Acrylic Smooth exterior paint

of required shade: New work (Two or more coat applied @ 1.67 ltr/10

sqmover and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20

kg/ 10 sqm)

Please refer para 13.22Exterior Painting on wall ofCPWD specifications for

Civil works 2009 Volume II. All the specifications shall be same per para

13.22 and Acrylic smooth exterior paint shall be used.

DSR item no. 13.52.1:Finishing with Epoxy paint (two or more coats) at

all locations prepared and applied as per manufacturer's specifications

including appropriate priming coat, preparation of surface, etc.

complete. On steel work

1Material

EpoxyPaintshallbe(conforming toIS2339)ofapproved brandandmanufacture. The

Paintcomesincompactdualcontainerwiththepasteandthemediumseparately.

Thetwoshallbemixedtogethertoproperconsistencybeforeuse.

2PreparationofSurface

Allrustandscalesshallberemovedbyscrapingorbrushing

withsteelwirebrushesandthensmoothenedwithsandpaper.Thesurfaceshallbethoro

ughlycleaned ofdust.

3Application

Thenumberofcoatstobeappliedshallbeasgivenintheitem.Eachcoatshallbeallowedtod

ryfor

24hoursandlightlyrubbeddownwithfinegradesandpaperanddustedoffbeforethenext

coatis applied.Thefinishedsurfaceshallpresentanevenanduniformappearance.

Aspasteislikelytosettleinthecontainer,careshallbetakentofrequentlystirthePaint

during use. AlsothePaint shallbeapplied andlaidoffquickly, assurface isotherwise

noteasily finished.

Otherdetails, measurements and ratesshallbeasspecifiedinpainting.

DSR item No. 14.61:Painting (one or more coats) with black Japan paint

of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade.

Page 77: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 77 of 179

The relevant specification shall be same as painting mentioned above except

that Painting (one or more coats) with black Japan paint of approved brand and

manufacture to give an even shade shall be measured & paid for separately.

Page 78: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 78 of 179

SUBHEAD: 13.0

WATERPROOFING WORK

Please refer to Relevant Paras for Water proofing Work of CPWD

Specifications Volume II – 2009 Page No.983 to 1020 (with its latest

corrections slips up to the date of submission of the Tender.

Page 79: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 79 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS OF

WATERPROOFFINISHING

DSR Item No. 22.4.1 : Providing and Placing in position suitable PVC

water stops conforming to IS:12200 for construction/ expansion joints

between two RCC members and fixed to the reinforcement with binding

wire before pouring concrete etc. complete :

(a) : Serrated with central bulb (225 mm wide, 8-11 mm thick)

Please refer para 22.4Providing Water Stops ofCPWD specifications for

Civil works 2009 Volume II.

DSR Item no. 22.6:Providing and laying water proofing treatment on

roofs of slabs by applying cement slurry mixed with water proofing

cement compound consisting of applying: a) after surface preparation,

first layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488 Kg/Sqm mixed with water

proofing cement compound @ 0.253 Kg/Sqm. b) laying second layer of

Fiber glass cloth when the first layer is still green. Overlaps of joints of

fiber cloth should not be less than 10 cm. c) third layer of 1.5 mm

thickness consisting of slurry of cement @ 1.289 Kg/Sqm mixed with

water proofing cement compound @ 0.670 Kg/Sqm and coarse sand @

1.289 Kg/Sqm. This will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed by

water curing for 48 hours. The entire treatment will be taken up to 30

cm on parapet wall and tucked into groove in parapet all around. d)

Fourth and final layer of brick tiling with cement mortar (which will be

paid for separately. For the purpose of measurement the entire treated

surface will be measured.

Please refer para 22.1, 22.2, 22.3and 22.5 Integral water proofing

treatment to UG Tanks, and Water proofing treatment to sunken portion

of WC, Bath etc. of CPWD specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II.

This Item shall be operated for water proofing of sunken slab horizontal

and vertical surfaces, water proofing of UG and Overhead tanks and the

sloping roofs etc. Water proofing shall be guaranteed against leakage for

a period of 10 years from the date of final completion of the project.

MR Based on DSR Item No. 22.7.1 : Providing and laying integral cement

based water proofing treatment including preparation of surface as

required for treatment of roofs, balconies, terraces etc. consisting of

following operations: a) Applying a slurry coat of neat cement using

2.75 kg/sqm of cement admixed with water proofing compound

conforming to IS. 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over the

RCC slab including adjoining walls up to 300 mm height including

cleaning the surface before treatment. b) Laying brick bats with mortar

Page 80: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 80 of 179

using broken bricks/brick bats 25 mm to 115 mm size with 50% of

cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with water

proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-

in-charge over 20 mm thick layer of cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement

:5 coarse sand ) admixed with water proofing compound conforming to

IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge to required slope and

treating similarly the adjoining walls up to 300 mm height including

rounding of junctions of walls and slabs c) After two days of proper

curing applying a second coat of cement slurry using 2.75 kg/ sqm of

cement admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645

and approved by Engineer-in-charge. d)Finishing the surface with joint

less cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1cement :4 coarse sand) admixed with

water proofing compound confirming to IS 2645 and approved by

Engineer - in - Charge including finishing the top surface with boom

finish to receive subsequent finishing layer complete. The whole terrace

so finished shall be flooded with water for a minimum period of two

weeks for curing and for final test. All above operations to be done in

order and as directed and specified by the Engineer - in-Charge.

With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum thickness at khurra as

65 mm.

Please refer para 22.6 and 22.7 Integral water proofing treatment of roof

slabs of CPWD specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II. This Item

shall be operated for water proofing of sunken slab horizontal and vertical

surfaces, water proofing of UG and Overhead tanks and the sloping roofs

etc. horizontal surfaces of roof slab. Rate includes for providing slope in

the treatment as per details drawings and as directed by the Engineer -

in- Charge. Water proofing shall be guaranteed against leakage for a

period of 10 years from the date of final completion of the project.

DSR Item No. 22.14.1:Grading roof for water proofing treatment with

Cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone

aggregate 20 mm nominal size)

Please refer para 22.9 Grading roof with Cement Concrete 1:2:4 of CPWD

specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II.

DSR Item No. 22.20.1: Providing and laying APP (Atactic Polypropylene

Polymer) modified prefabricated five layer 3 mm thick water proofing

membrane, black finished reinforced with non-woven polyester matt

consisting of a coat of bitumen primer for bitumen membrane @ 0.40

litre/sqm by the same membrane manufacture of density at 25°C, 0.87-

0.89 kg/ litre and viscosity 70-160 cps. Over the primer coat the layer of

membrane shall be laid using Butane Torch and sealing all joints etc.,

and preparing the surface complete. The vital physical and chemical

Page 81: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 81 of 179

parameters of the membrane shall be as under: Joint strength in

longitudinal and transverse direction at 23°C as 650/450N/5cm. Tear

strength in longitudinal and transverse direction as 300/250N.

Softening point of membrane not less than 150°C. Cold flexibility shall

be upto -2°C when tested in accordance with ASTM, D - 5147. The laying

of membrane shall be got done through the authorized applicator of the

manufacturer of membrane: 3 mm thick

Please refer para 22.11 Water Proofing treatment with APP (Atactic

Polypropylene Polymeric) Membrane of CPWD specifications for Civil

works 2009 Volume II.

DSR Item no. 22.21 : Extra for covering top of membrane with

Geotextile, 120 gsm non-woven, 100% polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25

mm bonded to the membrane with intermittent touch by heating the

membrane by Butane Torch as per manufactures recommendation.

Please refer para 22.13 Extra for covering top ofAtactic Polypropylene

Polymer modified prefabricatedmembrane with Geotextile of CPWD

specifications for Civil works 2009 Volume II.

Page 82: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 82 of 179

ITEM WISE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MARKET RATE ITEMS

SUBHEAD:2.0

EARTHWORK

MR 2.001:Supplying and Filling the approved good quality earth brought

from outside the premises in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth,

breaking clods, watering, rolling each layer with 1⁄2 tonne roller, or

wooden or steel rammers, and rolling every 3rd and top-most layer with

power roller of minimum 8 tonnes and dressing up including all lead and

lift.

Thisshallcompriseof Supp ly ing and F i l l ingapproved earth brought from

outsidein trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in layers not exceeding

20cm in depth, compacting each deposited layer by ramming and

watering,

Fillingshallbedoneasspecifiedin item no 1.10 of general specifications of

earthwork.

Measurementsshallbedoneasspecifiedin item no1.11of general specifications of

earthwork.

Ratesshallbeasspecifiedin specifications of filling under earthwork head except

the rate of supplying of approved earth shall be included.

MR 2.002:Carriage of Lime, Murrum, Building rubbish By Mechanical

Transport- Disposal up to 5 Km. lead outside campus premises

Workmanship The surplus excavated earth shall be disposed of as and when directed by

the Engineer-in-charge or the Architect, within 5km. lead. The site to which

the excavated earth should be disposed of shall be specified by the Engineer-in-charge. The disposal of the stuff includes loading the earth in

vehicle, conveyance to the specified site, unloading and spreading the same.

The Contractor should contact the Engineer-in-charge before disposing the material, i.e. when the trucks are being loaded for disposal. Every time the

truck is loaded, the Engineer-in-charge shall check whether it is loaded

properly to the predefined level and then note its number in the register used to keep the record of the trips made by the same truck.

Measurements

The work shall be measured as 75% of the quantity, in cum, loaded in a single truck. The total no of trucks shall be taken from the register and the quantity shall thus be calculated. The total measurement shall be in cum.

Page 83: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 83 of 179

Rate

The rate includes for spreading, dressing etc. complete, at the specified site

and shall be for a unit of one cum.

MR 2.003:Providing and Laying Separation Membrane of impermeable

plastic sheeting 125 micron thick.

Separation membranes shall be impermeable plastic sheeting 125 microns thick laid flat without creases. Where an overlap of plastic sheets is necessary, this

shall be at least 300 mm. There shall be no standing water on or under the membrane when the concrete is placed upon it.

Measurements

The unit of measurements will be in Smt. of surface area over which the membrane is laid inclusive of overlaps. Nothing extra will be measured and paid

for overlaps.

MR 2.004:Providing &Laying HDPE made empty cement bags and

stitching these in periphery so as to make a flexible barricade upto an

height of 4 Metre above ground level and erecting with 50 to 60 mm

diameter bamboos in frame work of 2400 mm X 1330 mm size including

embedding of 600 mm lower part of vertical bamboos in ground as per

direction of Engineer in charge

HDPE empty cement bags shall be stich together and make flexible barricade at

locations wherever required and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurements:

Alldimensionsshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacm.Themeasurementsshallbemadeinsqu

aremeters.

Rates

Therateshallincludethecostoflabourandallotherinvolved

inalltheoperationsdescribedabove.

MR 2.005 : Providing & Laying HDPE made empty cement bags and

filling with clod free available excavated earth and stitching the bags

manually and placing these filled up bags in form of toe wall to protect

the stacked earth as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.(Volume of

filled up bags shall be measured for payment purposes)

HDPE empty cement bags shall be filled with available earth as described above,

stitching the bags and placing these bags in form of toe wall to protect the

stacked earth at locations wherever required and as directed by engineer in

charge.

Page 84: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 84 of 179

Measurements:

Alldimensionsshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacm.Themeasurementsshallbemadeincub

icmeters.

Rates

Therateshallincludethecostoflabourandallotherinputsinvolved

inalltheoperationsdescribed.

MR 2.006:Providing &layingbarricading withthree rowsof enamel

painted G.I. Sheets of about 750 mm wide nailed or bolted with wooden

poles 80 mm to 100 mm dia spaced 2.4 meter centre to centre. The

poles will be embedded in mobile iron pedestal rings suitably framed for

giving stable support as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. All

management (including watch and ward) of barricades shall be the full

responsibility of the contractor. The barricades shall be removed only

after completion of the work or part of the work. After completion of

work barricading will be contractor's property

The relevant specification shall be as specified in nomenclature. Measurements:Alldimensionsshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacm.Themeasurements

shallbemadein squaremeters. Rates

Therateshallincludethecostoflabourandallotherinputsinvolved inalltheoperationsdescribed.

MR 2.007 : Removing from one location, a tree of girth not more than 60

Cms. Including the roots by excavating earth around the root, lifting the

tree along with earth around the roots by suitable equipment,

transporting the tree from old location to the new location, making a pit

of required diameter and depth in earth at new location, and replanting

the tree in to the pit, back filling the soil around the roots of the tree,

including necessary manure, watering the tree for required time till the

roots gets hold in the earth at new location complete as directed by

Engineer In charge.

Tree transplantation is a complex process, and depends on numerous factors.

The entire process of tree transplantation can be divided into the following

stages:

I. Identification of tree species suitable for transplantation

II. Identification of factors affecting tree transplantation

III. Pre-transplantation process

IV. Manufacturing EM solution

V. Transplantation equipment list

VI. VI.Transplantation process on existing host site

Page 85: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 85 of 179

VII. VII.Transplantation process on new host site

VIII. VIII.Post-transplantation care

Stage I: Identification of tree species suitable for transplantation

Different tree species have different suitability to adapt to transplantation. The

following hierarchy may be followed for identifying trees suitable for

transplantation:

1.Trees having aerial roots are best adapted to transplantation, as they can grow

new roots easily after the old ones are cut-off. Trees of Ficus family fall under

this category.

2.Palms and palm like trees, having collar root system, are next best suited for

transplantation. One reason for this is that most palms brought from the nursery

are in fact large sized plants that are transplanted from nursery to the site

initially.

3.Trees having a hard bark have the 3rd order of preference for transplantation.

A hard bark prevents drying up of the moisture retained in the trunk. In

addition, the veins of trees having hard bark are located towards the center of

the trunk, as compared to trees with softer barks, whose veins are located

towards the outer part of the bark. Trees like Neem, Peepul, Cassias,

Peltophorum, etc fall under this category.

4.The last preference for transplantation is given to trees having soft barks.

Trees with soft barks have veins in the trunk towards the outer side & hence are

prone to drying up easily during & after transplantation. Trees like Kapok fall in

this category.

In addition to this, one must also look at the sizes of the trees that may be

transplanted. A normal crane (up to 10 tonnes) can move a tree having trunk up

to 45 cm in diameter. For larger trees, one needs to have either a heavy duty

crane or two cranes, and the entire process becomes more complex. Further, the

cost of transplanting larger trees is very high, and it may be found economical to

cut the tree’s branches and re-plant each branch individually, thus obtaining

more trees from one tree.

Stage II: Identification of factors affecting tree transplantation

Trees are immobile living organisms and hence form very specific relationships

with their surrounding ecosystem (climate, animate & inanimate objects). The

growth habit of each tree is dependent on factors such as climate, surrounding

objects & trees, general activity in the area, orientation to the sun, wind

directions on site, insolation period on site, etc. A brief description of major

factors affecting the tree growth & sustenance are discussed below:

1.Insolation:The foliage of each tree is adapted to the daily & seasonal insolation

on the site. Hence, if the site is surrounded by large buildings or trees, and the

Page 86: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 86 of 179

tree receives sunlight only during noon, it will have more leaves towards the top

of the canopy. Similarly, if the tree receives sunlight only during afternoon, it

will have more density of leaves toward the west & south-west. This information

is stored in the tree, and it reproduces leaves and grows keep the above factor

in mind.

2.Wind:As the trees grow taller, they have to resist increasing force of wind. If

the region generally receives strong winds from the south-west, the tree will

have a root system developed in order to support it specifically from that

direction. In addition the tree may also have a slight tilt in the direction opposite

to the wind direction, due to continued force of wind over years. Further, local

wind pattern is affected by surrounding buildings or trees, and the trees are

adapted to the same.

3.Soil:Trees older than 3 years absorb not just water, but also humidity from the

soil. While water may be available at greater depths, the top roots of the tree

are adapted to absorb moisture from the soil. Similarly, roots in different parts

are adapted to absorb moisture, water, and nutrients as available on the site.

Thus, the entire root system development is very specific to the site, and the

tree’s growth is dependent on the nutrients usually available to it.

4.Culture: Micro-organisms in the soil provide necessary nutrients to the tree

directly or indirectly. This culture is very important for tree growth and dictates

the growth strategy of the tree.

Selecting the right season for transplantation

In addition to the above process it is very necessary to choose the right season

for transplantation. In tropical India, December to February is the best season

for transplantation as there is no precipitation, low soil moisture (so that soil is

light & easy to transplant), dry weather and most trees are in dormant state

during winter, which reduces their interaction with the surroundings. It is also

easier to dig soil & retain it during transportation during this season.

However, if site conditions require transplantation during other seasons, one

should try to induce dormancy in the tree in order to reduce its relation with the

surroundings before transplantation. This can be achieved by:

-Removing fruits & flowers by applying chemicals

-Digging a moat around the tree & filling it with water+urea or water+cactus

milk solution forcing the tree to shed fruits and flowers and go into dormancy

After a few weeks the tree will become dormant & it will be able to bear the

effect of transplantation easily

Stage III: Pre-transplantation process

Page 87: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 87 of 179

Each tree selected for transplantation needs to be conditioned before the actual

transplantation process. The conditioning process lasts between 17-19 days,

depending on the equipment & material availability. Keeping the factors

shortlisted in stage-II in mind, the following actions are taken:

1.The first step is to modify the soil pH. Soil pH is critical for tree growth. If the

pH is acidic, the root development is accelerated. A slightly acidic pH (between

6.5 & 7.2) is favorable for the transplantation process. This is achieved by using

SO2 (Sulphur dioxide), distilled water or cactus milk, which are poured or

sprinkled around the tree in definite quantities (which are decided by the

horticultural expert based on tree species, age and size). The site is left

untouched for 2 days to allow the pH to change gradually.

2.The next step is to change the bacterial culture of the soil. One can prepare an

EM (effective micro-organisms) solution or buy the same in powder or liquid

form from the market. This solution is poured around the tree and sprayed on its

leaves & trunk. The solution is re-applied after a period of 7 days. After 15 days

of first application of the EM solution, the tree is generally ready for the

transplantation process.

3., on advise of horticultural expert, one may start chopping off few branches

every 3-4 days to allow the tree to recuperate from the loss of branches

gradually. The aim is to chop off most of the larger branches of the tree before

transplantation.

Stage IV: Manufacture of EM solution

While processed EM solution is available in market in powder & liquid form, it is

always best to prepare a fresh solution from the native regions of the tree

species. The following are the steps of production:

-Identify a natural habitat of the tree species to be replanted, and look out for

healthy trees of the same species in that region, in locations that are not

frequented by humans. Collect about one kg of soil, mulch, leaf and other

natural matter from near the trees. If such an area cannot be identified, the soil

& mulch around the Rayan (Manilkara hexandra) tree can be used, as it is

excellent culture raw-material.

-Procure an industrial mixing drum (about 50-100lts) and put the soil & mulch

mixture in it. Buy some desi jiggery (dark brown to black colored – none

processed) – essentially glucose, and put it in with the mixture. Pour water and

stir the mixture for some time. Add cow-dung (from wandering cows, not from

those in cowsheds) and dal (protein) and stir the mixture again.

-The culture has to be left for 15 days with occasional stirring. After 15 days, the

culture is ready for use.

Page 88: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 88 of 179

-The culture should be used in 1:10 proportion of culture: water, applied and

sprayed around and on the tree.

Stage V: Transplantation equipment list

The following equipment and materials need to be procured before the start of

the transplantation process:

-EM solution required before transplantation

-SO2, distilled water or cactus milk required before transplantation

-CuS solution as fungicide

-Heavy Crane for lifting the tree, based on tree height & weight (with operator

experienced in tree transplantation process)

-Truck for transporting the tree

-10-15 labourers

-JCB lifting machine

-Diamond tipped road-breaker if tree is on an existing road

-Jet spray pump with 15’-20’ throw range

-1 process engineer or horticultural expert

-Tractor for balancing tree by providing push-pull force

-Steel or MS pipe or angle section for support at new host site

-1” thick rope and link-chain to hold tree onto the crane

-Cotton waste for buffer between tree and link chain

-Gunny bags or cotton / plastic tarpaulin for holding the tree’s bulb

-Axe and ladder for chopping off the branches

-Fungicide Diythen M-45

Stage VI: Transplantation process

Tree transplantation is a very sensitive process for the tree, and one needs to

perform it patiently. Hurried transplantation may lead to death of the tree

subsequently. The process is performed in two steps. The first step takes place

on the existing host site, and the second step takes place on the new host site.

Part-I : existing host site

Page 89: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 89 of 179

1.North direction is marked on the tree with marker or chalk, and the bent of

tree to the ground along with direction of bent is noted

2. A sketch of surroundings is made, so that similar conditions may be

reproduced on the new host site.

3.The original foliage of the tree is marked on the ground with chalk powder,

and approximately half of that is marked for digging. If the tree is large (>4-

5m), a square of 2mx2m is marked with the tree in center, for digging.

4.If there is road, it needs to be cut with diamond cutter, and then the marked

area has to be dug manually up to 1m depth.

5.The process engineer or horticultural expert will observe the collar rooting of

the tree at this depth and decide on the total depth of digging. The depth of the

collar is about 2’-3’ below the first root. However, if the site has been filled after

the tree has been planted; the collar may be much lower, at the original level of

the site. The bulb of the tree is preserved within this collar.

6.The branches of the tree are now trimmed to half their size with an axe, and

sand, soil and fungicide (CuS) is applied on the tip of the cut branch and up to 2’

from tip on the entire branch surface. Clay-dung mixture may also be applied in

place of fungicide.

7.Step 6 may be performed over a period of 3-5 days for best results, starting a

week before the transplantation day.

8.After identifying the depth of digging, the rest of digging is carried out with

JCB.

9.After the JCB has cut roots from below desired depth, the trunk is buffered

with cotton waste and the crane lifts the tree up in the same place.

10.At this time, the labourers cover the bulb and soil with gunny bag or

tarpaulin, and it is tied to the trunk.

11.The tree may be balanced using a tractor if required, and it is set onto the

truck.

12.The truck has a soil slope created on it in advance, sloping downwards from

the driver cabin.

13.The tree is laid on this soil at 45 degrees to vertical and transported to new

host site.

Step II: New host site

-Before the tree is brought on the new host site, a pit equal to the size of the

tree’s bulb is dug on-site and kept ready to receive the tree.

Page 90: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 90 of 179

-It is very important NOT to apply urea or any nitrogen based fertilizer to the pit

at this stage.

-When the tree is brought on site, a crane lifts the tree from the truck and holds

it over the pit, aligned with the north in the same manner as that on its original

site.

-The labourers remove the tarpaulin or gunny bags and spray fungicide on the

bulb. If gunny bags are used, they may be left on the tree bulb, as they

disintegrate naturally.

-The tree is then lowered into the pit and surrounding pit is backfilled with soil

taken out during digging.

-Light spraying of water should be done, but away from the bulb of original soil.

The original bulb needs to be preserved for a few days with same levels of soil

moisture & soil air without allowing soil to settle. If the soil bulb settles during

this process, it must be filled with fine soil from original soil and some water

should be sprinkled. Care should be taken that over-sprinkling should not

destroy the soil bulb.

-Apply a coat of CuS wherever wear & tear has happened on the tree during the

transplantation process, and cover these areas with cloth to avoid excess

transpiration.

-Install the steel or MS pipe / angle support to align tree with vertical as it was

on original site.

Stage VII: Post-transplantation care

-First watering should be done after 3 days of transplantation.

-Next watering should be done after 10 days of transplantation, and mulch

should be added on the surface to maintain soil moisture.

-When possible one should try to recreate surrounding conditions similar to that

of original host site around the new host site. Hence, if the tree was surrounded

by tall buildings, it should be transplanted in a similar location or one should

erect scaffolding with high shuttering for few weeks around the tree to simulate

such conditions.

-Such simulations may be removed gradually over a few weeks to allow the tree

to adapt to changing surroundings.

Measurement shall be per tree transplanted, irrespective of size. The rate

includes the cost of all materials, equipment, labour, carting, loading &

unloading, removal of debris to local specified within the site, involved in all the

operations described above.

Page 91: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 91 of 179

Page 92: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 92 of 179

SUBHEAD:3.0

CONCRETEWORK

MR 3.001 : Providing and laying in position Plum cement concrete of

specified grade 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone

aggregate 40 mm nominal size) using plums of 160 mm and more of

reasonable size of hard stones up to a maximum of 20% by volume of

Concrete excluding the cost of centering and shuttering. The Plums

should be evenly distributed in concrete and minimum space between

two plums should be not less than 200 mm and the plums should not be

closure than 150 mm from the surface.

The relevant specifications of concrete work shall be followed except that plums

of 160 mm and more of reasonable size of hard stones shall be used. The Plums

should be evenly distributed in concrete and minimum space between two plums

should be not less than 200 mm and the plums should not be closure than 150

mm from the surface.

Page 93: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 93 of 179

SUBHEAD:4.0

REINFORCEDCEMENTCONCRETEWORK

MR 4.001 : (m) Extra for Shuttering (over DSR items Nos. 5.9.2, 5.9.3,

5.9.4, 5.9.5, & 5.9.6)in sloping slabs, beams, columns and walls for

chhatries, gopurams, etc. including the edge beams etc. at all levels.

This item will be operated over and above the normal rates of form work for

Slab, beam, walls etc. when the soffit of slab, beam wall etc. are inclined at an

angle from horizontal plane. The area of concrete in contact of formwork for

slab, beam or wall, which is sloping, will be measured and paid for under this

item, over and above the item of formwork for slab/beam/wall in their relevant

items. Sloping surfaces of slab, beam or wall shall be sufficiently propped and

braced effectively to make the formwork rigid. Soffit of the sloping slab, wall,

and beams shall not be removed till the tie/ring beam at the top of sloping slab

is cast and attains its full strength or till 28 days after the concreting for sloping

slab/beam/wall,whichever is later.Rate also includes for making necessary

provisions for temporary scaffolds for the labour during form work erection, bar

binding and concreting operations. The unit of measurement shall be Sqm.

MR 4.002:Extra for staging for additional height in shuttering where

ever required with adequate bracing, propping etc., including cost of de-

shuttering and decentering at all levels over a height of 3.6 m, for every

additional height of 3.6 m or part thereof for Suspended roofs, sloping

slabs, slabs in curved shape, landing, beams and balconies etc. (only

Plan area of staging to be measured and paid for. Staging for vertical

walls, columns pardies etc. will not be paid for in any case.)

The items of staging will be operated when the total height of staging/centering

for slab or beam soffit will be more that 3.6 m from the corresponding lower

floor level from which the staging/centering is supported. Staging shall be

designed with required extension pieces of props and bracings as approved by

Engineer – in – Charge. All staging shall be either tubular steel structure with

adequate bracings as approved or made out of built up steel structural sections

made from rolled steel sections. The relevant specifications shall be followed as

per the above mentioned item of centering and shuttering except that extra rate

shall be paid for the additional heights of centering more than 3.6 meter from

corresponding support level mentioned in the item description. The rate shall

include the cost of removal of staging after the specified time lapsed after the

concrete is poured and the concrete has gained designed strength.

MR 4.003:Extra Labour for leaving hollow spaces in Burnt brick

Page 94: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 94 of 179

Masonry/CSE block masonry for RCC Vertical mullians &horizontal

transoms (ties) of required size, providing reinforcement bar for

mullians & transoms (ties) as per structural drawing corners bars and

concreting the same with M25 concrete grade concrete including

removal of mortar, dust, etc. from the hollow spaces before doing the

concreting complete as per drawing & instruction of engineer- in-

charge. Reinforcement concrete & Burnt brick Masonry/CSE block

masonry will be paid separately in their respective items.

Measurements

The above mentioned item shall be measured in cum.

Rate

The rate shall include only labour for the above mentioned item.

MR 4.004 : Providing & fixing premoulded compressible filler board of

approved make conforming to as per manufacturer specification, including cost of primer in expansion joints as per drawing, specification and sample approved and as directed by engineer in charge.

The relevant specification shall be as per Compressible filler board except that

rate of compressible filler board of required thickness shall be paid for measured and paid for in cum.

MR 4.005 : Providing and laying polysulphide sealant for expansion

joints of approved make Including surface preparation, applying

primer, backer rod, sealant, curing make as per drawing, manufacturer

specification to give water tightness & as directed by engineer in

charge.

1 Material Description

It must meet the Specification requirement of BS 4254 – 1983.

.

Joint Design

Joint Width (mm) Width/ Depth Ratio

For 25 to 50 mm joint width Depth shall be half or less

than half

2 Method of Application

Surface Preparation

Joint edges should be sound and free from grease or oil contaminations. If

spalled, it should be rectified properly by using polymer mortar or epoxy mortar.

Page 95: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 95 of 179

Fix a bond breaker tape over the backup material to prevent third surface

adhesion. Fix a masking tape on both sides of joint surface to get neat & clean

appearance of joints after application of sealant.

Priming

Prime only on two sides of the properly prepared joint surface with approved

primer and allow it to dry for minimum 20 minutes. Apply two coats of primer at

an interval of 30 minutes. After priming is over, sealants should be filled after 30

minutes and before 90 minutes. If 90 minutes is exceeded a fresh coat of primer

should be applied.

Mixing

Mix the content of the individual container thoroughly.

The curing agent is to be poured in the tin with the base and mixed thoroughly

with a slow speed electric mixer (300 to 450 rpm) for approx. 5-6 minutes until

a homogeneous and uniformly grey coloured material is obtained.

Sealant Application

After mixing fill the sealant in the joint using spatula. First, apply the sealant at

both the bottom corners till top then fill in the center and level it off. Sealant

filled cartridge to be inserted in to a hand-operated gun. By applying nominal

hand pressure sealant can be extruded and filled in the joint.

Finishing

Tool sealant immediately with tooling knife to ensure 100% contact and

adhesion with the surface. Finishing need to be done by using soap solution

(around 5% concentrated) by tooling sealant surface with soap solution wetted

finger.

Cleaning

After sealing the joint the tools and equipment’s should be cleaned immediately

with kerosene or any other cleaning solvents/thinners.

3 Mode of Measurement

The rate shall be for a unit of one running meter.

The area where overlap is supposed to be required will not be paid for

separately.

4 Rate

Rate shall include the primer & sealant cost of all the materials and labour

involved in all the operations described above except otherwise stated.

Page 96: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 96 of 179

MR 4.006 : Providing and fixing expansion joint flexible strip with

polyurethane sealant of approved make flush mounted expansion

/seismic joint system with+/‐‐‐‐25mm joint movement design as per the

joint manufacturer specification complete as per drawing, specification

and sample approved and as directed by engineer in charge.

SURFACE PREPARATION

•Joints and surrounding surface should be sound, clean, dry and free from all

loose particles by using mechanical means like wire brushing, vacuum cleaner

etc.

•If any contamination such as oil, grease, dirt etc. then it should be removed by

a mechanical means like scrubbing etc.

Surface preparation is very important factor for doing the water proofing

treatment. So proper care should be taken at the time of surface preparation.

Packing: 12cm x 50mtrs Roll

20cm x 50mtr Roll

Fixing of Flexible Strip Joint

•Pre-wet the treated surface.

•Apply one coat of waterproofing material as per manufacturer’s specifications

on the clean joint areas.

•Then fix the Flexible joint-tape over the material. Care should be taken that the

tape is bonded with the surface properly.

•Again it is recoated with waterproofing material as per manufacturer’s

specifications

MEASUREMENTS

Allworkshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacm.

The length of the 300 mm expansion joint shall be measured in running meters

corrected up to a cm.

RATE

The rate shall include the cost of material and labor involved in all the operations

described above.

MR 4.007 : Making core cutting for fixing pipe 50 mm to 100 mm dia in

RCC slab/wall/beam up to 350 mm wide (Length of Core cutting) for

drainage line fittings as per detailed drawing and as directed by

engineer in charge.

Page 97: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 97 of 179

The item comprising drilling core of 50 to 100 mm dial in RCC slab/wall/beam

for drainage line fittings as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Mode of Measurement

The rate shall be for a unit of no.

Care shall be taken when cutting in RCC slab/wall/beam that any structure

component shall not be damaged anywhere, if damaged then structure

component shall be repaired as directed by engineer in charge and nothing extra

shall be paid for the repairing work.

Core Cutting will be paid for making the holes only other than the holes drilled

for fixing of plumbing and drainage lines. For Core cutting holes made for fixing

Plumbing and drainage lines shall be deemed to be included in the respective

items of providing, laying and fixing of Plumbing pipes.

Rate

The rate shall be include the cost of all the materials and labour involved in all

the operations described above except otherwise stated.

MR 4.008 : Making core cutting for fixing pipe 150 mm dia in RCC

slab/wall/beam up to 350 mm wide (Length of Core cutting) for

drainage line fittings as per detailed drawing and as directed by

engineer in charge.

The item comprising drilling core of 150 mm dia in RCC slab/wall/beam for

drainage line fittings as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Mode of Measurement

The rate shall be for a unit of no.

Care shall be taken whilemaking core cutting in RCC slab/wall/beam that any

structural component shall not be damaged anywhere, if damaged then structure

component shall be repaired as directed by engineer in charge and nothing extra

shall be paid for the repairing work.

Core Cutting will be paid for making the holes only other than the holes drilled

for fixing of plumbing and drainage lines. For Core cutting holes made for fixing

Plumbing and drainage lines shall be deemed to be included in the respective

items of providing, laying and fixing of Plumbing pipes.

Rate

The rate shall be include the cost of all the materials and labour involved in all

the operations described above except otherwise stated.

Page 98: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 98 of 179

MR 4.009 : Making core cutting for fixing pipe 230 mm dia in RCC

slab/wall/beam up to 350 mm wide (Length of Core cutting) for

drainage line fittings as per detailed drawing and as directed by

engineer in charge.

The item comprising drilling core of 230 mm dia in RCC slab/wall/beam for

drainage line fittings as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Mode of Measurement

The rate shall be for a unit of no.

Care shall be taken while making core cutting in RCC slab/wall/beam that any

structural component shall not be damaged anywhere, if damaged then structure

component shall be repaired as directed by engineer in charge and nothing extra

shall be paid for the repairing work.

Core Cutting will be paid for making the holes only other than the holes drilled

for fixing of plumbing and drainage lines. For Core cutting holes made for fixing

Plumbing and drainage lines shall be deemed to be included in the respective

items of providing, laying and fixing of Plumbing pipes.

Rate The rate shall be include the cost of all the materials and labour involved in

all the operations described above except otherwise stated.

Page 99: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 99 of 179

SUBHEAD:5.0

BRICKWORK

MR 5.001 : Extra rate over DSR item no. 6.1.2 for Brick work with

burnt clay (non modular) bricks of 230 mm x 110 mm x 50 mm size

instead of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 70 mm of class designation 7.5

in foundation and plinth in: Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse

sand)

Extra rate over the item of “Brick Masonry in Foundation and plinth with non-

modular bricks of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 75 mm” for the use of brick of

size 230 mm x 110 mm x 50 mm sized bricks, as specified. All other

operations are as per Normal Brick masonry.

MR 5.002:Extra rate over DSR item no. 6.4.2for Brick work with

burntclay (non modular) bricks of 230 mm x 110 mm x 50 mm size

instead of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 70 mm and class designation 7.5 in

superstructure above plinth level for all levels in all shapes and sizes in:

Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement: 6 coarse sand)

Extra rate over the item of “Brick Masonry in Super structure with non-

modular bricks of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 75 mm” for the use of brick of

size 230 mm x 110 mm x 50 mm sized bricks, as specified. All other

operations are as per Normal Brick masonry.

MR 5.003 : Manufacturing the Compressed Stabilized Earth (CSE) Blocks

of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 100 mm, from the selected soil available

from excavation at site within premises including providing and

installing, operating and maintaining necessary machinery by the

contractor at his own cost for the production of CSE blocks. Rates

includes required quantity of Selected soil for the production of CSE

blocks will be excavated from the site from the Water bodies and

transported to the location of CSE blocks manufacturing facility by the

contractor. The contractor shall provide necessary Cement, sand and

Surkhi etc. at his cost including the supply, transportation to site,

royalties etc. The proportion of materials will be as follows (1)

Soil/Earth 30 to 40% by weight (2) Sand 30 to 40% by weight (3)

Finely ground surkhi which is obtained by gridding well burnt red brick

bats available as wastage from red bricks manufacturing kilns, 30 to

40% (4) Cement 8 to 10% by weight but in no case less than 8%. (5)

Hydrated Lime 5% the blocks must be cured with moist air or by

covering with water soaked gunny bags over the stake of earth blocks

for four weeks. The Blocks are allowed to dry for at least 10 days under

the shade. The Cured earth blocks are to be staked neatly at the storage

Page 100: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 100 of 179

yard which will be covered with Ploythene sheets to retain the moisture

inside the Earth blocks. Compressive strength of the CSEBs

manufactured will be minimum 7.5 mpa. Rate also includes the cost of

making the frog for mortar key in the block of required design as

suggested by NU and the cost of necessary testing of blocks as per

detailed specifications.

1.0Material.

The primary raw material for the production of CSEB is raw earth or soil. OPC

cement in small quantities and water are other constituents. Coarse sand or stone dust may be added depending on soil quality. Soil is made up of grains of various sizes. The grain size distribution of a soil determines its suitability for the

manufacture of CSEB. The production of CSEB is based on the principle of densification of raw earth

mixed with stabilizer (cement or lime) in small quantities ranging from 5-10% by weight of the mix. The production process incorporates 3 main stages

Mix Preparation Compaction Post Production

Sieving Filling the mould Humid and wet curing

Batching Moulding Final storage

Mixing Block ejection and

stacking

Transportation

Technical Data

The performance specifications of CSEB are based on B.I.S code and tested in

accordance with IS 1725, 1982 and IS 3495-1992.

Techno-economic characteristics Specifications

Dimensional Variation +/-2 mm

Soaked characteristic compressive strength 7.5 MPa

Water absorption <15% by weight

Erosion <5% by weight

Surface characteristics No pitting on the surface

2.0Procedure for Manufacturing: Soil sand cement are to be taken as per above proportion and mixed thoroughly

in a rotary pan mixer. Water to be added in the mixer in such proportion that the

resultant moisture content of the mix is approximately 10 to 12%. The soil is

then compressed and moulded in Earth Blocks of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 100

mm size on a Vibratory Hydro Mechanical press to achieve Compression pressure

of 2.7 to 5 MPa to obtain the compression ratio of 1.7 to 1.8 in the blocks. The

blocs must be cured with moist air or by covering with water soaked gunny bags

over the stake of earth blocks for four weeks. The Blocks are allowed to dry for

at least 10 days under the shade. The blocks are ready for use in the Masonry.

Page 101: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 101 of 179

Before the use of blocks in masonry, samples from each stake of Blocks must be

tested for its compressive strength. If the Soaked characteristic Compressive

strength of the blocks tested is equal to or more than 7.5 MPa then only the

same should be used for masonry. The earth blocks not satisfying the strength

criteria may be rejected and recycled.

The stages of the manufacturing process are as follows:

3.0 INGRADIENTS

3.1Earth

Clear earth available from excavation of water bodies, foundations for buildings,

pipe trenches at the site shall be used. Soil shall be dumped at block making

yard. Soil shall be collected from 50cm below natural ground at site to avoid

high organic content in soil. While dumping the soil it is essential to make sure

that one dump (heap) is from the single identified source of soil. The soil dump

shall not have more than 150 m3 of soil for testing purpose. The representative

sample from every dump shall be tested thoroughly for grain size distribution.

(Including bifurcation of silt and clay), liquid limit, plastic limit and swelling

index. Soil should be thoroughly soaked/submerged into water so that all lumps of soil

dissolves. When soil settles down, excess water needs to be drain out. This wet soil

should be used to prepare premix for the block making.

3.2 Sand

The sand to be used shall be coarse sand of Zone II or coarser procured from

outside the site.

3.3 Cement

The cement to be used shall be ordinary Portland cement (OPC).

3.4 Lime

Lime to be used shall be hydrated lime of minimum 85% purity. The lime could

be quick lime hydrated at site or hydrated lime procured to site in powder form.

3.5 Surkhi

It shall follow Indian Standard IS1344 – 1981 – (grade II) or latest.

4.0 PROPORTIONS

To achieve the Soaked characteristic compressive strength of 7.50MPa and more

of CSEB, following design mix are suggested based on preliminary test carried

out. These proportions are only for guidance of the contractor for the

Manufacturing of CSE Blocks. The Contractor has to fix proportion of the Mix of

raw materials in such a way that desired Soaked characteristic compressive

strength of 7.50 MPa and other quality parameters, which are listed in

subsequent paragraphs of this specifications, are achieved at all times. To

achieve the required soaked characteristic compressive strength of 7.50 MPa the

Page 102: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 102 of 179

mean soaked characteristic compressive strength is recommended as 9.5 MPa to

take care of the Standard Deviation in manufacturing of CSE Blocks on site. The

design mix shall be adjusted as per the test results of particular lot.

Design Mix:

Soil :30-40%

Sand:30-25%

Surkhi:25-20%

Stabilizer : 8- 10% cement but in no case less than 8% and 5% Hydrated

lime by weight of modified soil.

MANUFACTURING PROCESS

For making CSEB at site contractor shall set the required infrastructure at his

cost at site like machinery, shed for machines, machine foundation, electric and

water connection from given point, protection of raw material from weather etc.

5.1 Mixing

The mixing of ingredients shall be done using pan type Muller mixer with

minimum capacity of 500kg per batch. First the soil shall be thoroughly mixed

with sand (50% of total quantity) by adding sufficient water along with the

required quantity of lime. The thoroughly mixed material shall be left for one

day. Surkhi (available as waste from local Brick kilns), Ordinary Portland cement

along with remaining sand shall be added to the previously prepared mix and

thoroughly mixed again to achieve the required proportions. Potable water shall

be added in required quantity to achieve the resultant moisture content of mix

as 10 to 12%.

5.2 Molding

The mix prepared as above shall be molded in fully automatic hydro

vibro/hydraulic press with hydraulic power pack of pressure of 2.7 to 5 MPa.

Vibrator in the machine shall be equipped with variable frequency as well as

vibration time setting. The filling height of the mold shall be designed such that

given compression ratio gives final density of freshly prepared block not less

than 2.02 gm/cc and dry density of not less than 18.15 kN/m3

Following is the list of machines available in the market for the manufacture of compressed earth blocks / fly ash bricks. Contractor may choose any of them or the machine of similar kind for the manufacture of compressed earth blocks to

get the desired quality of blocks, narrated in this section.

List of Compressed earth Blocks/Bricks Manufacturing Press: This list is

for guidance only. Contractor shall choose any suitable Machine to Manufacture

the CSE Blocks to meet the requirements.

Page 103: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 103 of 179

1. TARA Machines & Tech. Services Pvt.Ltd

B-32, Tara Crescent, Qutab Institutional Area, New Delhi -110016.

2. Aurum Earth Block Press.

Aureka, Aspirations, Auroville, Tamilnadu, 605101

3. HYDRAFORM (INDIA) PVT. LTD.

602-B, Ansal Majestic Tower, PVR Complex, Vikaspuri, New Delhi -

110018, India

4. Balaji Constructions Machines and Spares Pvt. Ltd.

Plot No. L - 60, Additional MIDC, Satara - 415 004,

Maharashtra, India.

5. Vishwakarma engineering works

Behind sukhramnagar, PO Box. No. 5017, Rajpur – Gomtipur,

Near Government G Colony, Rakhiyal, Ahmedabad.

6. ORBIT INTELLIGENT ENGINEERING

Plot No.27, GIDC Estate, Phase-II, Modhera Road, Dediyasan,Mehsana-

384002, Gujarat, India

7. AHP MACHINES

Gat No. 1571 / 3, Chikhali - Talawade Road, Shelarwasti, Chikhali,

Pune - 412114. Maharashtra INDIA .

5.3 Curing

Freshly made blocks shall be protected from immediate drying by covering with

plastics. The block must be cured for 28 days either by fully covering it with

plastics with water sprinkling as required or by soaked gunny bags over the

stack of blocks. The blocks shall be allowed to dry for at least 10 days under the

shade before using it for masonry.

5.4 Testing and Acceptance Criteria for CSE Blocks

1.4.1 Sampling shall be as per IS 5454-2010 for compressive strength, bulk

density and water absorption. All the test shall be carried out for a lot

to 15,000 units as per IS1725-1982 along with additional tests

specified below.

1.4.2 The CSE Blocks shall be designed for mean soaked compressive

strength of 9.5 MPa to achieve the required characteristic strength of

7.5 MPa.

1.4.3 Test results of Sample: The test results of the sample shall be average

of the strength of the three specimens. The individual variation should

not be more than +/- 15 per cent of the average. If variation in

strength is more than +/- 15%, results of the samples are Invalid.

1.4.4 Acceptance criteria:

1.4.4.1 Compressive Strength : The CSE blocks shall be deemed to comply

with the strength requirements when both the following conditions are

met

Page 104: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 104 of 179

a The mean soaked compressive strength determined from any

group of four consecutive test results shall be 9.5 MPa.

b The soaked compressive strength of any individual sample should

fall below 7.5 MPa.

1.4.4.2Water Absorption:

a The mean value of water absorption of four consecutive test

results shall be 12 percent.

b Any individual sample shall not have water absorption more than

15 percent..

1.4.4.3Weathering Effect :

a) The maximum loss of weight shall not exceed 5%. Minimum three

blocks shall be tested for weathering effects as per IS 1725-1982

for a lot of 15000 units.

1.4.4.4 Loss of weight on alternate wetting and drying: The test for

alternate wetting and drying shall be carried out. For wet compressive

strength test before and after 12 wetting and drying cycle (here each

cycle is of 24 hours), there shall be no loss of strength. In terms of

loss of weight it shall not more than 2%.

1.2.4.5 Expansion in volume on saturation of CSE Blocks: The test of

Expansion on saturation shall be carried out and in any case the

expansion shall not be more than 0.15% measured after immersing

the block in water for 48 hours.

1.4.5 Prism Test: Prism test for CSE Block Masonry should be carried out as

per following procedure.

1.4.5.1 Select random samples for prism test from approved lot of 45,000 blocks. The

same shall be tested for socked strength as described earlier.

1.4.5.2 Use the mortar proportion same as specified for masonry. The same shall be

tested for compressive strength and sand sieve analysis.

1.4.5.3 Making of masonry prism:

1.4.5.3.1 Three masonry prism should be build and tested for every lot of 45,000

blocks.

1.4.5.3.2 Each test prism shall be one masonry unit in width and thickness. All

specimens in the test shall be of the same size and shall have five courses

of “English Bond”. The mortar joints shall be 10 mm in thickness. Spread a

full bed of mortar on each solid masonry unit and allow no furrowing of the

mortar bed. Strike mortar joints flush with the face of the masonry without

tooling. The length of the prism shall be greater than its thickness.

1.4.5.3.3 The thickness of the prisms shall be the same as the thickness of the

masonry part of the wall in the structure. The length of the prism shall be

equal to or greater than the thickness of the prism. The height of the

Page 105: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 105 of 179

prism shall be at least twice the thickness, contain at least two mortar

joints, and be a minimum of 380 mm

1.4.5.3.4 Cures all prisms for 28 days. Cure the prisms together with the

corresponding mortar specimens in laboratory air maintained at a

temperature of 24 ± 8 °C, with a relative humidity between 30 and 70 %,

and free of drafts. These environmental conditions will not require,

generally, special air-conditioning equipment. Make a continuous graphical

record of temperatures and humidity to detect unusual dryness or

excessive moisture together with unusual fluctuations of temperature.

Prisms shall be fully submerged in water for 72 hours before 28 days

testing.

1.4.5.3.5 Cap the ends of prism in the same manner as set forth for capping the

units.

1.4.5.3.6 Determine the length and thickness of the prism to the nearest 0.3 mm by

averaging three measurements taken at the center and quarter points of

the height of the specimen. Measure the height of the specimen including

caps to the nearest 3 mm

1.4.5.3.7 Place the plain (lower) bearing block, with its hardened face up, on the

table or platen of the testing machine directly under the spherically seated

(upper) bearing block. Wipe clean the bearing faces of the upper and

lower bearing blocks and of the test specimen and place the test specimen

on the lower bearing block. Carefully align both centroid axes of the

specimen with the center of thrust of the spherically seated block. As the

spherically seated block is brought to bear on the specimen, rotate its

movable portion gently by hand so that uniform seating is obtained.

1.4.5.3.8 Rate of Loading: Apply the load, up to one half of the expected maximum

load, at any convenient rate, after which adjust the controls of the

machine so that the remaining load is applied at a uniform rate in not less

than 1 nor more than 2 min.

1.4.5.3.9 Compressive strength of each prism calculated to the nearest 0.1MPa after

considering the strength factor of 0.85. The average strength is reported

along with physical properties of unit, mortar and sieve analysis of sand.

Acceptance Criteria: Mean soaked compressive strength of any prism

shall not be less than 2.5 MPa.

MR 5.004 : Brick work with Compressed Stabilized Earth (CSE) Blocks

of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to floor

V level in all shapes and sizes in : Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4

coarse sand) Rates to include transportation of Compressed Earth

blocks from storage yard to the site of work. (Supply of CSE block will

be paid separately in relevant items)

Relevant specification for Brick Masonry with Non Modular bricks 230 mm x 110

mm x 75 mm shall be followed except that CSE Blocks of size 230 mm x 110

mm x 100 mm shall be used in place of Non Modular bricks of size 230 mm x

100 mm x 75 mm. Cement Mortar used shall be 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand).

Page 106: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 106 of 179

MR 5.005 : Half brick masonry with Compressed Stabilized Earth (CSE)

Blocks of class designation 7.5 in superstructure above plinth level up to

floor V level in: Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) Rates to

include transportation of Compressed Earth blocks from storage yard to

the site of work. (Supply of CSE block will be paid separately in relevant

items)

Relevant specification shall be followed for Half Brick Masonry with Non Modular

bricks 230 mm x 110 mm x 75 mm shall be followed except that CSE Blocks of

size 230 mm x 110 mm x 100 mm shall be used in place of Non Modular bricks

of size 230 mm x 100 mm x 75 mm. Cement Mortar used shall be 1:4 (1

cement: 4 coarse sand).

MR 5.006:Extra rates over DSR item no. 6.4.2 for providing

exposedmasonry with common burnt clay bricks of size 230 mm x 110

mm x 70 mm including raking horizontal and vertical joints 10 mm wide

12 mm deep to receive pointing complete. The Exposed surface area

only of the Brick work will be measured for payment.

The general specifications for Brick masonry shall be followed. Exposed Brick

masonry work is to be carried out according to English bond for particular walls

as per detailed drawings. The bricks used for exposed brick masonry shall be

selected from the stakes of normal burnt clay bricks. The selected bricks shall

have clean/sharp edges and the exposed face of the brick shall have even

surface without any corner broken during handling. The facing bricks shall be

free from cracks, flaws, nodules of free lime warpage and organic matter.The

thickness of joints shall be maintained to give an architectural exposed brick

work finish. Joints to be racked out with wooden Pattiup to uniform depth of 10

mm. Excessive Mortar from Surface of brick masonry should be cleaned with

wire brush / good quality broom. Brick masonry to be cured with clean potable

water as per clause no. 5.3 above.

Measurements:

Surface area of the exposed area of masonry will be measured and paid for.

MR 5.007:Extra rates over MR item no. 5.002 for providing exposed

masonry work for Brick masonry with common burnt clay bricks of size

230 mm x 110 mm x 50 mm instead of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 70 mm,

including raking horizontal and vertical joints 10 mm wide 12 mm deep

to receive pointing complete in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse

sand). The Exposed surface area only of the Brick work will be measured

for payment.

1.1 Facing Bricks

The general specifications for Brick masonry shall be followed. Exposed Brick

masonry work is to be carried out according to English bond for particular walls

Page 107: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 107 of 179

as per detailed drawings. The bricks used for exposed brick masonry shall be

selected from the stakes of normal burnt clay bricks. The selected bricks shall

have clean edges and the exposed face of the brick shall have even surface

without any corner broken during handling.The facing bricks shall be free from

cracks, flaws, nodules of free lime warpage and organic matter. These shall be

thoroughly burnt and shall have plane rectangular faces with parallel sides and

sharp straight right angled edges. Facing bricks shall have uniform colour and

even texture. The thickness of joints shall be maintained to give an architectural

exposed brick work finish. Joints to be racked out with wooden Pattiup to

uniform depth of 10 mm. Excessive Mortar from Surface of brick masonry should

be cleaned with wire brush / good quality broom. Brick masonry to be cured with

clean potable water as per clause no. 5.3 above.

Measurements:

Surface area of the exposed area of masonry will be measured and paid for.

MR 5.008:Extra rates over MR item no. 5.004 for providing

exposedmasonry with Compressed Stabilized Earth (CSE) Blocks

including raking horizontal and vertical joints 10 mm wide 12 mm deep

to receive pointing complete. The Exposed surface area only of the Brick

work will be measured for payment.

The general specifications for Brick masonry with CSE Blocks shall be followed.

Exposed Brick masonry work with CSE Blocks is to be carried out according to

English bond for particular walls as per detailed drawings.The bricks used for

exposed brick masonry shall be selected from the stakes of normal CSEBlock.

The selected bricks shall have clean/sharp edges and the exposed face of the

brick shall have even surface without any corner broken during handling. The

facing bricks shall be free from cracks, flaws, nodules of free lime warpage and

organic matter.The thickness of joints shall be maintained to give an

architectural exposed brick work finish. Joints to be racked out with wooden patti

up to uniform depth of 10 mm. Excessive Mortar from Surface of brick masonry

should be cleaned with wire brush / good quality broom. Brick masonry to be

cured with clean potable water as per clause no. 5.3 above.

Measurements:

Surface area of the exposed area of masonry will be measured and paid for.

Page 108: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 108 of 179

SUBHEAD:6.0

STONEWORK

MR 6.001 : Providing and fixing wet cladding in (wall lining) any shape

at all heights with 18 to 20 mm thick gang saw cut stone with (machine

cut edges) of uniform colour and size, backing filled with a grout of

average 12 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)

mixed with adhesive in proportion as per manufacture's specification,

including pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone

dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade at all

levels including cutting, making recesses in stone slab, drilling holes,

rubbing, polishing, curing, and scaffolding etc. complete in the required

pattern as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge. (a): Red

Sandstone

MR 6.002:(b) Granite stone

Please refer to Para 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.7, 7.10, 7.11 of CPWD Civil Works

Specifications 2009 Volume I, for relevant items of work.

MR 6.003: Providing and fixing Jali (Grill) in the openings in Brick/RCC

wall. Jali shall be made out of Red Mandana stone of size up to 320 mm

x 150 mm x 30 mm thick, Sand Blasted on all the surfaces, two rows of

25 mm NB MS pipes (heavy class with Minimum wall thickness 2.6 mm)

and 40 mm NB x 48 mm long Ms pipe sleeves. Jali shall be fixed as per

drawings and as directed by the Engineer in charge complete. Set of 2

nos. M.S. Pipes of 25 mm NB shall be fixed horizontally, on vertical jamb

of the opening, side by side at 100 mm center to center, from one end of

opening to the other end with suitable holdfasts or anchor fasteners.

Such set of two pipes shall be fixed from top line of opening to bottom

line of opening, at 330 mm center to center vertically. Stone pieces shall

be placed perpendicular to these pipes, vertically between two sets of

pipes, in such a way that 320 mm x 30 mm face of the stone shall be

visible in elevation. Stone should have two nos. round shaped grooves

on each face at top and bottom faces for resting the stone between 25

mm NB MS pipes as shown in the drawing. 40 mm NB x 48 mm long MS

pipe sleeves shall slip over the 25 mm NB pipes to act as spacers

between two stones, which are vertically resting on the pipes.

Horizontal clear space between two adjacent stones in the same level

shall be 100 mm. Horizontal clear Space between two adjacent stones in

two adjacent upper and lower levels shall be kept 50 mm. MS pipes and

Spacers shall be painted with Epoxy Paint over a cost of suitable Primer

before fixing of stones.

Page 109: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 109 of 179

1 Stoneshallbeasspecifiedinitem. Stone shall be of uniform colour, texture &

specifications as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

2

Thestoneshallbecutintoslabsofrequiredthicknesssoastomakejaliofthespecifiedthic

kness.

Thejalishallbecutasperpatternshownonthedrawings.Allexposedfacesshallbefinetoo

ledtoa uniform andsmooth finish.Fixingshallbedonewiththeadjoining

workingrooves, rebatesetc.,as showninthedrawingorasdirectedbytheEngineer-

in-Charge. Atoleranceof+2mmshallbeallowed inthespecifiedthicknessofthejali.

3 M.S. Pipes of 25 mm NB shall be fixed horizontally, on vertical jamb of the

opening, side by side at 100 mm center to center, from one end of opening to

the other end with suitable holdfasts or anchor fasteners. Such set of two pipes

shall be fixed from top line of opening to bottom line of opening, at 330 mm

center to center vertically. Stone pieces shall be placed perpendicular to these

pipes, vertically between two sets of pipes, in such a way that 320 mm x 30 mm

face of the stone shall be visible in elevation.Stone should have two nos. round

shaped grooves on each face at top and bottom faces for resting the stone

between 25 mm NB MS pipes as shown in the drawing. 40 mm NB x 48 mm

long MS pipe sleeves shall slip over the 25 mm NB pipes to act as spacers

between two stones, which are vertically resting on the pipes. Horizontal clear

space between two adjacent stones in the same level shall be 100 mm.

Horizontal clear Space between two adjacent stones in two adjacent upper and

lower levels shall be kept 50 mm. MS pipes and Spacers shall be painted with

Epoxy Paint over a cost of suitable Primer before fixing of stones.

Stoneshallbefixed asshowninthedrawingorasdirectedbyEngineer-in-Charge.

Necessarysampleforthesameshallbegot approvedfromtheEngineer-in-charge

beforeexecution.Thebreakageofstonejaliduringfixingshallbe

theresponsibilitiesofthecontractorandreplacementshallbeprovidedathisriskandcos

t.

Other Details

Specificationsforpreparation of surfaces and laying, polishing, finishing, curing

andscaffoldingshallbespecifiedunder Kota stone work.

4 Measurements

Thelengthandbreadthoftheopening stoneformingjalishallbemeasuredcorrect

toacmandtheareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetersnearesttotwoplacesofdecimal.

5Rate

Itincludesthecostoflabourandmaterialsrequiredforalltheoperationsdescribedabove

.Italso includesthecostofmakinggroovesorrebatesintheadjoiningworkforfixingjali.

Page 110: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 110 of 179

Page 111: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 111 of 179

SUBHEAD:7.0

MARBLE& GRANITE WORK

MR 7.001 : Providing and laying Mirror polished Granite stone flooring in

required design and patterns, in linear as well as curvilinear portions of

the building all complete as per the architectural drawings with 18 mm

thick stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4

(1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry and

pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching

shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as

specified and as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge.

(a) : Granite Stone of approved shade

MaterialsGranite stone slabs shall be of any colour and size as shall be

approved by Engineer – in – Charge. Before stating the work, the contractor

shall get the samples of Granite stone approved by the Engineer – in – Charge.

18 mm thick slabs of Granite stone shall be plain machine cut in sizes as per

pattern shown on the drawings and mirror polished, The stones shall be smooth

and of even surface without holes or pits or any kind of natural flaws.

Flooring and skirting work shall be fixed to floor over 20 mm thick base cement

mortar 1:4 and finished with grout with pigment to match the colour of the

stone as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurements

Granite stone flooring and skirting shall be measured in square meter correct to

two places of decimal.

Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labor involved in all the

operations described above.

MR 7.002 :Providing and fixing 18mm thick gang saw cut, mirror

polished, pre moulded and pre polished, machine cut stone for tread

and risers of steps, dedo,jams, lintels, partition, seat, landing, parapet

top , shelves, chajja , sill, divider, and similar locations of required size,

machine cut edges ,approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20mm

thick base cement mortar 1:3(1 cement : 3 coarse sand), joints treated

with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups,

including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing edges give high gloss

finish etc. complete at all levels as per detailed drawing and as directed

by engineer in charge.

(a) : Granite Stone of approved shade

Page 112: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 112 of 179

Materials Granite stone slabs shall be of any colour and size as shall be

approved by Engineer – in – Charge. Before stating the work, the contractor

shall get the samples of Granite stone approved by the Engineer – in – Charge.

Operationsasdescribed for the Platform work in granite shallbefollowed except

that the stones shall be fixed for tread and risers of steps, seat, sill, and facia,

and landing, parapet top and similar locations. Granite stone of 18 mm

thickness shall be fixed to the wall/floor in cement mortar 1:3 and finished with

grout with pigment to match the color of the stone/tile as per drawing and as

directed by engineer in charge. Thegranite slabsshallbeof uniformsize and in full

length unless otherwise specified as per drawing and as directed by engineer in

charge.

Measurements

Granitestonetread and risers of steps, seat, sill, and facia, and landing, parapet

top and similar locations

shallbemeasuredinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

Nothingextrashallbepaid for edge rounded.

Rate Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials

andlaborinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescribed above.

SUBHEAD: 8.0

WOOD AND PVC WORK

MR 8.001 :Providing wood work in frames of paneled shutters for doors,

window , clerestory windows and other similar frames, and fixed to the

Existing wooden frames with approved make Hinges as per detailed

drawings and as directed by the Engineer - in - Charge. The various

components of Paneled shutter like vertical stiles, Top, Bottom & lock

rails and intermediate transoms & mullions, in the shutter shall be

measured, only in volume of teakwood used and shall be paid for. The

rates shall include all the required materials like, nails, screws, wooden

nails, Adhesive Glue etc. and labour for preparation of shutter frame and

fixing the same with Door frames complete. Approved quality Hinges,

Wooden/ Glass/Ply wood panels including the necessary Teak wood

beading, nails & screws etc. for fixing hinges/panels shall be paid under

relevant items as the case may be.

(A): Second class teak wood

Please refer para 9.0, 9.1 and 9.3 of CPWD Civil works specifications 2009

Volume 1 for this item.

Page 113: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 113 of 179

MR 8.002: Marine ply wood 19mm thick

Please refer para 9.2.8 of CPWD Civil works specifications 2009 Volume 1 for this

item.

MR 8.003 : Providing and fixing a pair of Stainless Steel Pivots for

making the stone jali openable by fixing Pivot by making necessary

recesses in stone jali and RCC/stone sill & Lintel and fixing the pivot

with necessary S.S. Screws etc. complete as directed by Engineer In

Charge

The relevant specification of stainless steel pivots shall be followed as per the

above mentioned item of stone jali.

1Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter sunking of hinges.

The Pivot as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to required location as per

drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

2 Measurement:

The Pivot as describe in item shall be measured in numbers.

3 Rate:

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the

operations described above.

MR 8.004 : Providing and fixing 5.0 mm thick toughened glass fixed

with wooden bedding including the cost of wooden beadings ,glass and

necessary cutting finishing for Partitions, doors, windows etc. complete

as per drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

Page 114: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 114 of 179

1 The relevant specification shall be followed as per above mentioned item of

glass.

2 Measurement

The height and width of glass for partition/door/window units as fixed in place

shall be measured correct to one centimeter and area calculated in sqm. Correct

to second place of decimal shall be taken for payment.

3 Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all the materials, labours involved in all the

operations as described in nomenclature of item and particular specification.

MR 8.005:Extra for providing frosted glass panes 5.0 mm thick instead

of ordinary float glass panes 5.0 mm thick in doors, windows and

clerestory window shutters. (Area of opening for glass panes excluding

portion inside rebate shall be measured).

1 Relevant specifications of glazing shall be followed.

Glazing inthe shuttersofdoors,windowsandventilatorsofbath,WCandLavatories

shallbeprovidedwithfrosted

glasstheweightofwhichshallbenotlessthan10kg/sqm.Frostedglasspanesshallbefixe

dwith

frostedfaceontheinside.Glasspanelsshallbefixedbyprovidingathinlayerofputtyconf

ormingto

IS419appliedbetweenglasspaneandallalongthelengthoftherebateandalsobetween

glasspanes andwoodenbeading.

2 Measurements

Forpanelingofeachtypeorforglazedpanellengthandwidthofopeningforpanelsinserts

or glazed panels shall be measured correct toacm before fixing the beading and

the area shall be

calculatedtothenearest0.01sq.m.Theportionsofthepanelinsertsorglazedpanelinsid

ethegrooves orrebatesshallnotbemeasuredforpayment.

3Rate

Rateincludesthecostofmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinall

theoperationsdescribedabove.

MR 8.006:Extra rate over DSR Item no 9.7.7.2 for single glazing 5.0 mm

thick clear cosmos (ET 125) of approved make having properties like

light transmission 28%, external reflection 28%, internal reflection

9%, 28%, solar factor 0.3, shading coefficient 0.34, U value (W/Sqm-k)

3.9 Light instead of 5.0 mm thick sheet float glass as per drawing and

as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

1Materials

Page 115: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 115 of 179

Glass shall be clear cosmos having properties mentioned in item description.

Putty shall conform to I.S. 419-1967.

2Workmanship

The specifications of this item shall be followed as per above mentioned item of glass except that clear cosmos glass shall be used.

3Mode of measurements and payment

The payment shall be made on sq. mt. basis extra over and above the payment

for plain glass for using ground glass [Routed of obscured] involved in all the

operations as described in nomenclature of item and particular specification.

MR 8.007 : Providing & fixing wooden patta 130 mm wide made from 18

mm thick marine plywood conforming to IS: 710 with each side 5 mm

thick teakwood beading and fixed to supporting second class teakwood

patti 35X 35 mm which is fixed to wall as per drawing and as directed by

engineer- in- charge

The relevant specification shall be as per the manufacturer’s specifications.

Measurement

The wooden patta as describe in item shall be measured in meter.

Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all the materials, labours involved in all the

operations as described in nomenclature of item and particular specification.

MR 8.008 : Providing wooden louvers of Second class teak wood 10 mm

thick and up to 150 mm wide as required including fixing at 50 mm center to center distance at required location in frames/shutters of door/windows including cutting finishing and beading as per drawing

and as directed by engineer-in-charge. Frames will be paid separately in relevant items. Area of Lovers in elevation excluding the frame will be

measured and paid for.

1Workmanship

Second class teak wood louvers blades would be made from Teak wood section up to 150 mm wide x 10 mm thick. The Louvers blades will be fixed at 50 mm

center to center from each other and shall be fixed generally at 450 angle with horizontal. Louvers shall be fixed in a door shutter or inside a fixed wooden

frame for door/window. The measurement in elevation of frame in to in shall be

taken and paid for. Frame of door, windows or the shutter in which the louvers

are fixed shall be paid separately under their relevant items.

2Measurement

Page 116: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 116 of 179

The wooden louvers as describe in item shall be measured in sq. Meter.

3Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all the materials, labours involved in all the

operations as described in nomenclature of item and particular specification.

MR 8.009:Providing and fixing exterior grade non asbestos cement fiber

board of approved make with necessary S.S. screws etc. for the covering of Pipe shafts, Cable shafts etc. Complete in pattern with grooves as per drawing and as directed by engineer in-charge. Framing will be paid in

relevant items.

(a): 6 mm thick Cement Boards

MR 8.010:(b): 8 mm thick Cement Boards

1Fibreboardsshallbeofmediumdensitycementboardreinforcedwithwoodfiber,prod

ucedby

fiberizingsteamedwoodunderpressure,blendedwithadhesiveandwaxandformedint

osolidpanels undercontrolledconditionsofheatandpressureasperIS14862.

2Adhesives: TheadhesiveusedforbondingshallbeBWPtypesyntheticresinconfor

mingto IS848.

3Thickness: Fiberboardsareavailableinthickness6,9,12,15,18,22,25,30,35&40m

m.

Thetoleranceinthicknessshallbe±0.3mm.Thicknessoffiberboardsandadhesiveused

forbonding shall be as specified. Unless otherwise stated, exterior grade fiber

boards bonded with BWP type syntheticresinadhesiveshallbeused.

Relevant specifications of paneling shall be followed as specified and 6 mm thick

non asbestos cement fiber board of Shera or equivalent fixed to m.s structure as

per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

4 Measurement:

The non-asbestos cement fiber board as describe in item shall be measured in

square meter.

5 Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescribed above.

MR 8.011:Providing & Fixing Zinc Material Combination Finish Door

Safety Chain, minimum weight 190 grm. with necessary nickel Plated

screws for doors as per drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

Page 117: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 117 of 179

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified... These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sunking of hinges.

Stainless steel Safety chain Ozone make catalogue no OZ DG 22 or equivalent

as per manufacture specification shall be fixed to door as per drawing or as

directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The SS safety chain as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperation

sdescribed above.

MR 8.012 : Providing & Fixing S.S. 316 Grade C Shaped Handles in Satin

Finish, 10 mm dia and center to center minimum 150 mm size, minimum

weight 140 grm with necessary screws etc. Complete of approved make

as per drawing and as directed by engineer-in-charge.

Page 118: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 118 of 179

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sunking of hinges.

Thedoorhandlesshallbewellmadeandfreefrom defects.

Theseshallbefinishedcorrectto shapeanddimensions. All edgesandcornersshallbe

removedandfinishedsmoothso as to

facilitateeasyhandling.Casthandleshallbefreefromcasting

defects.Wherethegripportionofthehandleis

joinedwiththebasepiecebymechanicalmeans,the

arrangementshallbesuchthattheassembledhandleshallhaveadequatestrengthcomp

arabletothat ofintegrallycasttypehandles.

Theseshallbeofstainless steel SS 304

gradeofspecifiedsizeandoftheshapeandpatternas approvedbytheEngineer-in-

Charge. Thesizeofthehandleshallbedeterminedbytheinsidegripofthe

handle.Doorhandlesshallbeof 100mmsizeandwindowhandlesof

75mmsize,unlessotherwise

specified.Theseshallbefixedwith25mmlongwoodscrewsofdesignationNo6.

Stainless steel SS 304 gradehandlesshall

befinishedbrightsatinorchromiumplatedasspecified.

SamplingandCriteriaforConformity:Thenumberofhandlestobeselectedfromalo

t

shalldependonthesizeoflotandshallbeinaccordancewithTable16.Handlesfortestings

hallbe selectedatrandomforatleast10percentofpackages.

Subjecttoaminimum3,equalnumberofdoor

handlesbeingselectedfromeachsuchpackage. Alldoorhandlesshallbecheckedfor

dimensional requirementandfinish.

Page 119: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 119 of 179

Anydoorhandlewhichfailstosatisfytherequirementofdimensionsorfinishor

bothshallbeconsideredasdefective.

A lot shall be considered as conforming to requirement of this specification, if

the number of defective handles among those tested does not exceed the

corresponding number ofdefectives is

greaterthanorequaltorejectionnumbergivenincolumn4

ofTable16,thelotshallbedeemedasnot

meetingtherequirementsofthisspecification.

TABLE16

ScaleofSamplingandCriteriaforConformity

Lotsize Samplesize Acceptanceno. Rejectionno.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Upton50 8 0 1

51to90 13 1 2

91to150 20 1 2

151to280 32 2 3

281to500 50 3 4

501to1200 80 5 6

1201andabove 125 7 8

The Stainless steel Handle, as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door as

per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The SS handle as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.013:Providing & Fixing S.S. 316 Grade Fire resistance BSEN

1634:1:2000 Certified &Mechanically tested BSEN 1935:2002 Satin

Finish S.S. 316 Grade 4 ball bearings Hinges approximate size 102mm X

76mm X 3 mm minimum Weight 260 gram of approved make with AISI

316 Grade ball Bearing S.S. Pin, Cap, and with necessary S.S. Self

Tapping Phillips Cross Head Screws etc. complete as specified as per

drawing and as directed by engineer-in -charge.

Page 120: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 120 of 179

Butt Hinges

These shall be of the following types according to the material used.

(a) Stainless steel 316 grade butt hinges.

Stainless steel 316 grade butt hinges:These shall be manufactured from

S.S. 316 sheet as per specified thickness.

These shall be well made and shall be free from flaws and defects of all kinds.

All hinges shall be cut clean and square and all sharp edges and corners shall

be removed. These shall generally conform to IS 12817.

Hinge Pin: Hinge pin shall be made of mild steel wire. It shall fit inside the

knuckles firmly and riveted head shall be well formed so as not to allow any

play or shake, and shall allow easy movement of the hinge, but shall not cause

looseness.

Knuckles: The number of knuckles in the hinges of different sizes shall be as

per IS 12817. The size of knuckles shall be straight and at right angle to the

flap. The movement of the hinges shall be free and easy and working shall not

have any play or shake.

Screw Holes: The screw holes shall be clean and counter sunk. These shall be

suitable for countersunk head wood screws and of the specified size for

different types, and sizes of hinges. The size of the holes shall be such that

when it is counter sunk it shall be able to accommodate the full depth of

counter sunk head of the wood screws. The nos. of screw holes shall as

specified in IS 12817.

Sampling and Criteria for Conformity: The number of butt hinges to be selected

from a lot shall be depend on size of lot and shall be in accordance with Table

9.11 below. Butt hinges for testing shall be selected at random from at least 10

per cent of the randomly selected packages subjected to minimum of three

equal number of hinges being selected from each package. All butt hinges

Page 121: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 121 of 179

selected shall be checked for dimensions and tolerance requirements. Defects

in manufacture and finish shall also be checked and lot shall be considered

conforming to the requirement of this specifications, if the number of defective

hinges among those tested does not exceed the corresponding number given in

Table 9.11.

Page 122: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 122 of 179

TABLE 9.11

Scale of Sampling and Criteria for Conformity

SR. No. Lot size Sample

Size

Permissible No. of

Defective hinges

1 2 3 4

1. Upton 150 5 0

2. 151 to 300 20 1

3. 301 to 500 32 2

4. 501 to 1000 50 3

5. 1001 and

above

80 5

Sampling and Criteria for Conformity:The number of butt hinges to be

selected from a lot shall depend on the size of lot and shall be in accordance

with Table 9.12. Butt hinges for testing shall be taken at random from at least

10 per cent of the package subject to a minimum of three, equal number of

hinges being selected from each package. All butt hinges selected from the lot

shall be checked for dimensional and tolerance requirements. Defects in

manufacture and finish shall also be checked. A lot shall be considered

conforming to the requirements of this specification if the number of defective

hinges among those tested does not exceed the corresponding number given in

Table 9.12.

TABLE 9.12Scale of Sampling and Criteria for Conformity

Sl. No. Lot size Sample Permissible No. of

size defective hinges

1 Upton 200 15 0

2 201 to 300 20 1

3 301 to 500 30 2

4 501 to 800 40 2

5 801 and 55 3

Page 123: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 123 of 179

above

Note:Any hinge which fails to satisfy the requirements of any one or more of

the characteristics shall be considered as defective hinge.

Rate

Rate includes the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operations

described above. The framework and paneling of each type or glazed panels

shall be paid separately. The rate for framework includes the cost of hinges

and necessary screws as specified description. However, extra shall be paid for

providing moulded beading where specified. Nothing extra shall be paid for

plain beading.

MR 8.014:Providing & Fixing S.S. 316 Grade Satin Finish Fire

resistance BSEN 1634:1:2000 Certified &Mechanically tested BSEN

1935:2002 Hinges without bearings approximate size 76mm X 65mm X

2 mm minimum weight 100 gram of approved make with AISI 316

Grade S.S. Pin, Cap, and with necessary S.S. Self Tapping Phillips Cross

Head Screws etc. complete as specified as per drawing and as directed

by engineer-in -charge.

The relevant specification shall be followed as per the above mentioned item of

hinges except that the size of hinges should be taken 76 mm X 65 mm X 2 mm

instead of 102 mm X 76 mm X 3 mm.

MR 8.015 : Providing & Fixing S.S. 304 Grade Stainless Steel Satin Finish

Round Tower bolt of overall length (excluding Bracket) 300 mm and

inner bolt of dia meter 12mm and outer barrel dia meter 16 mm,

minimum weight 430 gram.of approved make with necessary Nickel

Plated Screws complete as per specified as per drawing and directed by

Engineer in charge.

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

Page 124: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 124 of 179

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sunking of hinges.

Towerboltsshallbewell

madeandshallbefreefromdefects.Theboltsshallbefinishedtothecorrectshapeands

hallhavea

smoothaction.Alltowerboltsmadewithsheetof1.2mmthicknessandaboveshallhav

ecountersunk

screwholestosuitcountersunkheadofwoodscrews.Allsharpedgesandcornersshallb

eremoved andfinishedsmooth.

Theheightofknoboftowerboltwhenthedoor,windowetc.isinclosedpositionfromthef

loorlevel shallbenotmorethan1.9meter.

Theknobsofstainless steel

towerboltsshallbecastandtheboltfixedwithknob,steelspringandball

shallbeprovidedbetweentheboltandthebarrel.

SamplingandCriteriaforConformity:Itshallbesameasspecifiedinabove.

The Stainless steel towerboltsas per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door

as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The Stainless steel towerboltsas describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.016 : Providing & Fixing S.S. 304 Grade Stainless Steel Satin Finish

Round Tower bolt of overall length (excluding Bracket) 100 mm and

inner bolt of dia meter 12mm and outer barrel dia meter 16 mm,

minimum weight 150 gram of approved make with necessary nickel

Page 125: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 125 of 179

Plated Screws complete as per specified as per drawing and directed by

Engineer in charge.

The relevant specifications shall be same as 300 mm round tower bolt

mentioned above except that length and weight shall be as per manufacture’s

standard and fixed to door as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The Stainless steel towerboltsas describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.017 : Providing & Fixing AISI S.S. 316 Grade Solid Window

Casement stay/adjustor with minimum weight 280 gram of size

diameter 14 mm,length 200 mm with necessary fixing screws as

specified as per drawing& as directed by engineer-in-charge.

The relevant specifications shall be as per manufactures standard and fixed to

window as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The Stainless steel window casementas describe in item

shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlaborinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescri

bed above.

MR 8.018 : Providing & Fixing Satin Finish Brass Parliamentary Hinges

with the Size of 100 X 75 X 4 mm of approved make with necessary

fixing screws as specified as per drawing& as directed by engineer-in-

charge.

The relevant specifications shall be as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to

door / window as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

Page 126: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 126 of 179

The Parliamentaryhinges a s describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlaborinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescri

bed above.

MR 8.019 : Providing & Fixing Fire resistance BSEN 1634:1:2000

Certified &Mechanically tested BSEN 1906:2010 Pair of AISI S.S. 316

Grade Satin Finish hollow Pipe or solid design Mortise Handle with the

minimum weight 620 gram key hole for Mortise Pin Cylinder, high grade

brass bushing for extra fixing strength for intensive use of door with

back to back fixing screws system of approved make with both side

active mortise handle and spindle, High Quality Stainless Steel Wood

Screws (8 PCS.) for minimum door thickness 30 mm as per drawing and

as directed by engineer in charge. The Inner and Outer Rose of Mortise

handle and Escutcheons must be of AISI 316 grade only.

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sunking of hinges.

Thisisamortiselockhavingasinglespringboltwithdrawnfromtheoutsidebyusingtheke

y andfrominsidebykeyandwithanarrangement.

The Stainless steel Mortise Handle as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to

door as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

Page 127: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 127 of 179

The Mortise handle as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.020:Providing & Fixing Fire resistance BSEN 1634:1:2000 Certified

&Mechanically tested BSEN 1906:2010 Pair of AISI S.S. 316 Grade Satin

Finish hollow Pipe or solid design MortiseHandle with the minimum

weight 930 gram with S.S. 316 Grade euro profile escutcheons key hole

for Mortise Pin Cylinder, high grade brass bushing for extra fixing

strength for intensive use of door with back to back fixing screws

system. of approved make with both side active mortise handle and

spindle, High Quality Stainless Steel Wood Screws (8 PCS.) for

minimum door thickness 30 mm as per drawing and as directed by

engineer in charge. The Inner and Outer Rose of Mortise handle and

Escutcheons must be of AISI 316 grade only.

The relevant specification shall be followed as per above mentioned item of

mortise handle except that the weight of the handle shall be 930 gm.

The Stainless steel Mortise Handle as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to

door as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The Mortise handle as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlaborinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescri

bed above.

MR 8.021:Providing & Fixing Satin Finish Double Door Lock body, 26 mm

brass latch. 52 mm lock with Back Set center of approximate size 85 X

45 mm, of approved make, minimum Weight 0.880 gram suitable for

minimum 30 mm thick Double Door Shutter with necessary fixing screw

as specified as per drawing and as per directed by engineer in charge.

Page 128: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 128 of 179

The Stainless steel Latch and lock, as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to

door as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The latch and lock as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.022:Providing & Fixing Fire resistance BSEN 1634:1:2000 Certified

Satin Finish Mortise Lock body approximate size of back set 45 mm X 85

mm, with 52 mm Lock and 26 mm brass latch, Stainless steel main &

Strike plate & including back to back fixing feature suitable for minimum

door thickness 30 mm Single door shutter with necessary fixing screw

as per specified as per directed by engineer in charge.

The Stainless Latch and lock, as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door as

per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Page 129: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 129 of 179

Measurement:

The latch and lock as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.023 : Providing & Fixing Fire resistance BSEN 1634:1:2000

Certified Satin Finish Mortise Latch body with back set approximate size

of 45 mm, Stainless Steel main & Strike Plate of approved make suitable

for minimum 30 mm thick Single door Shutter with necessary fixing

screw as specified as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

The Stainless Latch and lock, as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door as

per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The latch as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlaborinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescri

bed above

MR 8.024 :Providing & Fixing Satin Finish 6 pin Mechanism, high Quality

brass body Mortise Pin Cylinder with 5 high accuracy Computerized

Dotted keys of approved make one side key & one side knob suitable for

minimum door thickness 30 mm with necessary Fixing Screw as

Page 130: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 130 of 179

specified and as per drawing and as per directed by engineer in charge.

The Cylinder lock, as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door as per

drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

ThisisaCylinderlockhavingasinglespringboltwithdrawnfromtheoutsidebyusingthek

ey andfrominsidebyKnobwithanarrangement.

Measurement:

The Cylinder lock as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.025 : Providing & Fixing Fire resistance BSEN 1634:1:2000

Certified Satin Finish Secure Standard 5 pin Mechanism Mortise Pin

Cylinder with both Side Keys, high accuracy Brass keys of approved

make suitable for minimum door thickness 30 mm with necessary fixing

screw as per specified and as per drawing and as per directed by

engineer in charge.

The Cylinder lock, as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door as per

drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

ThisisaCylinderlockhavingasinglespringboltwithdrawnfromtheoutsidebyusingthek

ey andfrominsidebyKnobwithanarrangement.

Measurement:

The Cylinder lock as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

Page 131: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 131 of 179

MR 8.026 : Providing & Fixing Fire resistance BSEN 1634:1:2000

Certified Satin Finish Secure Standard 5 pin Mechanism half Mortise Pin

Cylinder with high accuracy Brass keys of approved make one side key

suitable for minimum door thickness 30 mm with necessary fixing screw

as per specified and as per drawing and as per directed by engineer in

charge.

The Cylinder lock, as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door as per

drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

ThisisaCylinderlockhavingasinglespringboltwithdrawnfromtheoutsidebyusingthek

ey andfrominsidebyKnobwithanarrangement.

Measurement:

The Cylinder lock as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above

MR 8.027:Providing &fixing high Quality Zinc Material Satin Finish baby

latch/Indicator Bolt inner only with the size 87 mm of approved make

with necessary SS Screw etc. complete as specified as drawing as

directed by engineer-in- charge

1.0 The relevant specifications shall be same as per tower bolt mentioned above

except that length and weight shall be as per manufacture’s standard and fixed

to door as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

2.0 Measurement:

The Stainless steel indicator bolt as describe in item shall be measured in

numbers.

Page 132: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 132 of 179

3.0 Rate:The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in

all the operations described above

MR 8.028 : Providing & Fixing Satin Finish S.S. Door Magnet length of 75

mm of approved make, minimum Weight 150 gram with necessary

nickel plated screw complete, as specified, as per drawing and as

directed by engineer in charge.

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sinking of hinges.

Thisshallbemadeofcastbrassofoverall

sizeasspecifiedandshallhaverubbercushion.Theshapeandpatternofstoppershallbea

pprovedby theEngineer-in-Charge.

Itshallbeofbrassfinishedbright,chromiumplatedoroxidizedorasspecified.

Thesizeofmagnetic door

stoppershallbedeterminedbythelengthofitsplate.Itshallbewellmadeandshall

havefourcountersunkholesforfixingthedoorstopperstothewallbymeansofwoodscre

ws.The

Page 133: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 133 of 179

bodyforhousingofthedoorstoppershallbecastinonepieceanditshallbefixedtothecove

rplateby meansofbrassormildsteelscrewsandcoverplateshallbeSS

finish.Thespring

shallbefixedfirmlytothepin.Tonguewhichwouldbepressedwhileclosingoropeningoft

hedoorshall beconnected

tothelowerpartbymeansofcopperpin.Ontheextremeendarubberpieceshallbe

attachedtoabsorbshock.Allpartsofthedoorstoppershallbeofgoodworkmanshipandfi

nish,burrs andsharpedgesremoved.Itshallbefreefromsurfaceandcastingdefects.

Measurement:

The Stainless steel magnetic door stopper as describe in item

shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdes

cribed above.

MR 8.029 : Providing & Fixing high Quality Zinc Material Door Stopper

length of 150 mm including Rubber of approved make minimum Weight

260 gram with necessary Screws etc. complete as specified, as per

drawing as directed by engineer-in-charge.

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Page 134: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 134 of 179

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sunking of hinges.

Thisshallbemadeofcastbrassofoverall

sizeasspecifiedandshallhaverubbercushion.Theshapeandpatternofstoppershallbea

pprovedby theEngineer-in-Charge.

Itshallbeofbrassfinishedbright,chromiumplatedoroxidizedorasspecified.

Thesizeofmagnetic door

stoppershallbedeterminedbythelengthofitsplate.Itshallbewellmadeandshall

havefourcountersunkholesforfixingthedoorstopperstothewallbymeansofwoodscre

ws.The

bodyforhousingofthedoorstoppershallbecastinonepieceanditshallbefixedtothecove

rplateby meansofbrassormildsteelscrewsandcoverplateshallbeSS

finish.Thespring

shallbefixedfirmlytothepin.Tonguewhichwouldbepressedwhileclosingoropeningoft

hedoorshall beconnected

tothelowerpartbymeansofcopperpin.Ontheextremeendarubberpieceshallbe

attachedtoabsorbshock.Allpartsofthedoorstoppershallbeofgoodworkmanshipandfi

nish,burrs andsharpedgesremoved.Itshallbefreefromsurfaceandcastingdefects

Measurement:

The Stainless steel door mounted door stopper as describe in item

shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdes

cribed above.

MR 8.030 : Providing & Fixing S.S. 316 Grade C Shaped Handles in

Satin Finish, 10 mm dia and center to center minimum 100 mm size,

minimum weight 94 gram with necessary screws etc. Complete of

approved make as per drawing and as directed by engineer-in-charge.

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

Page 135: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 135 of 179

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sunking of hinges.

Thisshallbemadeofcastbrassofoverall

sizeasspecifiedandshallhaverubbercushion.Theshapeandpatternofstoppershallbea

pprovedby theEngineer-in-Charge.

Itshallbeofbrassfinishedbright,chromiumplatedoroxidizedorasspecified.

Thesizeofmagnetic door

stoppershallbedeterminedbythelengthofitsplate.Itshallbewellmadeandshall

havefourcountersunkholesforfixingthedoorstopperstothewallbymeansofwoodscre

ws.The

bodyforhousingofthedoorstoppershallbecastinonepieceanditshallbefixedtothecove

rplateby meansofbrassormildsteelscrewsandcoverplateshallbeSS

finish.Thespring

shallbefixedfirmlytothepin.Tonguewhichwouldbepressedwhileclosingoropeningoft

hedoorshall beconnected

tothelowerpartbymeansofcopperpin.Ontheextremeendarubberpieceshallbe

attachedtoabsorbshock.Allpartsofthedoorstoppershallbeofgoodworkmanshipandfi

nish,burrs andsharpedgesremoved.Itshallbefreefromsurfaceandcastingdefects

SamplingandCriteriaforConformity:Thenumberoffloordoorstopperstobeselecte

dfrom

eachlotshalldependonthesizeofthelotandshallbeinaccordancewithcol.1and2ofTable

9.17.

Thesestoppersshallbeselectedatrandomfromatleast10percentoftherandomlyselect

edpackages

subjecttoamaximumofthreeequalnumberofstoppersbeingselectedfromeachsuchpa

ckage.

Allthefloorstoppersselectedshallbecheckedfordimensionalrequirement,material,m

anufacture andfinish.Anyof doorstopperwhichfailstosatisfyanyoneormoreof

theserequirementshallbe consideredasdefectivedoorstopper.

Page 136: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 136 of 179

A lotshallbeconsideredasconformingtotherequirementsofthisspecificationsif

thenumberof

defectivefloordoorstoppersamongthesetesteddoesnotexceedthecorresponding

numbergivenin col.3 ofTable17.Otherwiseit

shallbeconsideredasnotconformitytotherequirementsofthis specification.

Page 137: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 137 of 179

TABLE17

ScaleofSamplingandCriteriaforConformity

LotSize SampleSize Permissiblenumberof

defectivefloorDoorstoppe

(1) (2) (3)

Upton100 5 0

101to300 0 1

301to500 32 2

501to1000 50 3

1001andabove 80 5

Measurement:

The Stainless steel floor mounted door buffer as describe in item

shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdes

cribed above.

MR 8.031 : Providing & Fixing AISI S.S. 316 Grade Satin Finish

Wall/Floor mounted Door Stop with the length of 75 mm to 100 mm

including Rubber, minimum Weight 150 gram of approved make with

necessary SS screws etc. complete as specified as per drawing and as

directed by engineer-in-charge.

The relevant specification shall be followed as per above mentioned item of

floor mounted door buffer.

Measurement:

The Stainless steel wall mounted door buffer as describe in item

shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdes

cribed above.

Page 138: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 138 of 179

MR 8.032 : Providing & Fixing Zinc Material Door Eye Viewer of Dia.

36mm approved make with wide angle vision and fixing accessories as

specified as per drawing as directed by engineer-in-charge.

Fitting shall be of stainless steel SS 304 grade or as specified. These shall be

well made, reasonably smooth, and free from sharp edges and corners, flaws

and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit the head of

specified wood screws.

The fittings generally used for different type of doors and windows as

specified. The fittings to be actually provided in a particular work shall,

however, be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Screws used for fittings shall be of chromium plated brass screws or stainless

steel screws.

Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal

as the case may be. Screws shall be driven home with screw driver and not

hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to the exact size and depth for the counter

sunking of hinges.

The magic eye as per manufacture’s standard and fixed to door as per drawing

and as directed by engineer in charge.

Measurement:

The magic eye as describe in item shallbemeasuredinnumbers.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdesc

ribed above.

MR 8.033: Providing & Fixing Brass finish Special Shaped Handles in

matt Finish, 5 mm thick and center to center minimum 150 mm size,

minimum weight 150 gram with necessary screws etc. Complete of

approved make as per drawing and as directed by engineer-in-charge.

As per manufacturer’s guidelines.

Page 139: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 139 of 179

The Handel shall be made out of 5 mm thick brass plates. The plate shall be

profile cut as per detailed drawings and shall be press bent on power press.

Holes shall be drilled for fixing the handles to the door shutter and for locking

arrangements as shown in the attached picture before the profile cut brass plate

is press bent in the power press. The Prepared handle shall be fixed with door

shutters with suitable brass screws/bolts of matching finish as directed by

Engineer – in – Charge. The picture given here is for guidance and the design is

subject to minor modifications. The weight of the handle shall be approximately

5Kg. The measurements shall be taken in numbers. Rates shall be for all

materials and labour for all operations.

MR 8.034 : Supply and carpentry of chemically seasoned 2nd class teak

wood for creation of trellis & pergola rafters, columns, seat backs,

railing tops, playground equipment parts like climbing wall steps, seats

of see-saws, swings, etc. to be installed in exterior areas complete with

all material, labour, equipment and accessories like screws, nuts, bolts,

adhesive, etc.

The relevant specification shall be followed as per the above mentioned item of

wooden frame of doors, windows, clerestory windows and other frames.

Measurements:

Wood work wrought, framed and fixed shall be measured for finished

dimension without any

allowanceforthewastageorfordimensionsbeyondspecifieddimension.However, in

case of members having moldings, rounding’s or rebates and members of

circular or varying sections, finished dimensions shall be taken as the sides

of the smallest square or rectangle from which such a section can be cut.

Length of each member shall be measured over all to the

nearestcmsoastoinclude

projectionfortenons.Widthandthicknessshallbemeasuredtothenearestmmandthe

quantityshall beworkedoutinunitofup tothreeplacesofdecimal.

Rate:

Therateshallincludethecostofmaterialandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescri

bedabove excepttheholdfastsormetallicfastenerswhichwillbepaidforseparately.

Page 140: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 140 of 179

Page 141: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 141 of 179

SUBHEAD:9.0

STEELWORK

MR 9.001:Steel work in built up tubular (round, square or rectangular

hollow hot finished welded type tubes etc.) for supporting frame work

of Partitions with fixed glazing/fixed wooden/ plywood panels/

openable glazed doors/windows etc. all as per the detailed drawings

and instructions of Engineer In charge, including cutting, hoisting,

fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer,

including welding and bolted with special shaped washers etc.

complete. Steel sections if required for Architectural aesthetic looks,

may be covered with wooden members as per detailed design drawings.

Weight of Steel sections only will be measured and paid for. Glazing,

wooden/ply wood panels, shutters etc. will be paid separately under

relevant items.

General Specification of this Item shall be followed as per Para 10.13 of CPWD

Civil works specifications 2009 volume 1. The Work pertains to Fabrication and

erection of Tubular sections framing for Partitions instead of trusses as in para

10.13. The framing for partitions shall be erected in true line, level and plumb

as per detailed drawings and as directed by Engineer – in – Charge. The joints

between the various members shall be ground smooth and the partition frames

shall be fixed firmly with wall and slabs with necessary holdfasts/anchor

fasteners/by welding with pre-fixed insert plates as the case may be.

Holdfasts/Anchor fasteners/insert plates shall be paid separately under relevant

items. The weight of all sections used for partition frames shall be measured

and paid for. Rates include cost all materials and cost of labour for all

operations.

MR 9.002 : Providing and fixing stainless steel AISI 316 Grade Stainless

Steel Knock Down railing system of approved make with satin finish

and loading tested as per International load Testing Criteria with

EXOVA Certification (Without any welding, Fabrication and Buffing on

site) made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates , special glass holding

fixtures etc., including welding, grinding, buffing, polishing and making

curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary

stainless steel nuts and bolts complete, on the top of the floor or the

side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per drawing and as

directed by engineer in charge. The balustrade would be fixed onto

floor/waist slab withcasted base plate of S.S 316 with High Strength 2

NOS Anchor fasteners and whenever required, joints to be filled with

bushings for extra strength.

Page 142: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 142 of 179

(for payment purpose only weight of stainless steel members shall be

considered excluding fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners

etc.).

StainlessSteel Fabrication Work

This specification covers all Proprietarystainlesssteel railing work like D- Line or

equivalent approved make. The Stainless steel sections shall be of AISI 316

Grade. Balusters shall be fixed with floor/steps with suitable anchor fasteners

and the work shall be very nit and clear. All mild steel and stainless steel work

shall conform to relevant Indian Standards. The Railing shall be supplied in

factory finished Knocked down condition for all components. No site welding

shall be allowed.

Stainless Steel Components

All stainless steel items shall be conforming to Indian Standards. Stainless steel

items shall be supplied with a brushed hairline finish. All stainless steel fixings

and fittings shall conform to relevant Indian Standards or equivalent

International Standards. Stainless steel supplied shall be of minimum 316

grade.

Regular Cutting

Cutting shall be carried out via mechanical or heat powered tools.

Maximum permissible variation shall be 5 millimeters for all cuts.

All cut areas shall be ground to a smooth surface using mechanical grinder.

CNC Precision Cutting and Engraving

Computerized numerical controlled precision cutting and engraving shall be

carried out on areas shown in contract drawings or as directed by EIC.

This process shall be carried out by entering computerized drawings into a

computer controlled laser based CNC cutting and engraving machine. Samples

shall be approved by EIC before entire process is carried out.

Maximum permissible variation shall be one millimeter.

All cut areas shall be ground to a smooth surface using precision mechanical

grinders only if required.

Welding Joints

All Welding joints shall be factory finished and shall confirm to relevant Indian

Standards or international standards for material, processes and workmanship.

All welds are required to be ground smooth to the approval of the EIC. All sharp

edges shall be ground smooth as per directions of EIC.

Bending

Bending of Stainless steel sections shall be undertaken to provide smooth and

true curves. Tightly curved and bent sections shall be free from all distortions

and rippling. All sharp edges shall be ground smooth.

Page 143: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 143 of 179

Fixings and Fastenings

Generally , the Contractor shall provide a sample of all fixings and fastenings to

the EIC for approval. These shall include but not be limited to beams, columns,

hinges, locks, nuts and bolts, nails and screws, cables, wire and tensioners.

Surface Finishes on Stainless Steel

Stainless steel work shall be finished matt or glossy as specified in contract

drawings using mechanical finishing and grinding tools. Finish should be level

and smooth with an even pattern as directed and approved by EIC.

Measurement

Stainless steel items shall be measured in kilograms of finished items (excluding

all wastage), accurate to the nearest 100 grams. Rates shall include cutting,

welding and workmanship, as well as nuts, bolts, fasteners, etc accessories

required for installing the item.

MR no. 9.003:Providing and fixing 12 mm thick toughened glass with

chemical itching/providing and fixing of translucent polyester film on

glass to give it a look of Frosted glass in the design as per detailed

drawing to be fixed with Stainless steel railing in stairs, passages etc.

with necessary length and diameter and designs stainless steel nuts etc.

including making required size holes for bolts etc. for fixing the glass

sheet with railing members complete. Sample of the railing will be

prepared by the contractor and got approved by the Architect Before

taking up the job at full scale.

Stainless steel railing should be paid in relevant items.

The relevant specifications for Transparentfloat glass as per IS 14900 and

specifications for safety glass IS 2553-1 shall be followed. Toughened glass

shall be 12 mm thickness with providing and fixing of translucentpolyester film

on glass to give it a look of Frosted glass in the design as per detailed drawing.

Necessary holes for fixing glass with Stainless steel railing in stairs, passages

etc. shall be drilled before carrying out toughening process.

Page 144: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 144 of 179

SUBHEAD:10.0

FLOORINGWORK

MR No. 10.001:Extra rate over DSR item no. 11.26.1 for using Red

Mandana stone slabs in flooring, in place of Kota stone slabs

Operationsasdescribe forKota stone flooring shallbefollowed

exceptthestoneshallbeRed Mandana stone of same thickness.

Measurements

Red

Mandanastoneflooringshallbemeasuredinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecim

al. Nothingextrashallbepaidforlayingthepatta or

residue.Lengthandbreadthshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacmbeforelaying

skirting,dadoorwallplaster.Nodeductionshallbemadenorextrapaidforvoidsnotexce

eding0.20

squaremeter.Deductionsforendsofdissimilarmaterialsorotherarticlesembeddedsh

allnotbemade

forareasnotexceeding0.10squaremeter.Nothingextrashallbepaidforlayingthefloor

atdifferent levelsin the same room.Nosingshall notbemeasuredand

paidforextra.No separate payment for groove in mortar at any junction of

stone and wall/floor at any level.

RateTherateforflooringshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinallthe

operations describedabove.

MR 10.002:Extra rate over DSR item No. 11.26.1 forusing Brown Bundi

stone slabs in flooring, in place of Kota stone slabs

1Methodology

Operationsasdescribed for Kota stone flooring shallbefollowed

exceptthestoneshallbe Brown bundi stone of same thickness.

2 Measurements

Brown

bundstoneflooringshallbemeasuredinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

Nothingextrashallbepaidforlayingthepatta or

residue.Lengthandbreadthshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacmbeforelaying

skirting,dadoorwallplaster.Nodeductionshallbemadenorextrapaidforvoidsnotexce

eding0.20

squaremetre.Deductionsforendsofdissimilarmaterialsorotherarticlesembeddedsh

allnotbemade

Page 145: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 145 of 179

forareasnotexceeding0.10squaremeter.Nothingextrashallbepaidforlayingthefloor

atdifferent levelsin the same room.Nosingshall notbemeasuredand

paidforextra.No separate payment for groove in mortar at any junction of

stone and wall/floor at any level.

3RateTherateforflooringshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinallth

eoperations describedabove.

MR no. 10.003:Extra rate over DSR item 11.27 for using Sand stone

slabs in risers of steps, skirting, dado and pillars, in place of Kota stone

slabs

MR no. 10.004:Extra rate over DSR item 11.27 for using Brown Bundi

stone slabs in risers of steps, skirting, dado andpillars in place of Kota

stone slabs

Operationsasdescribed for item no. 11.27 of kota stone skirting, dado and

pillars shallbefollowed exceptthestoneshallbeRed Mandana stone or Brown

Bundi stone of 20 mm thickness.

Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceofskirtingordadocorrecttoacm.Thissh

allbemeasuredcorrecttoamminthecaseofskirtingandcorrecttoa

cminthecaseofdado.Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesof

decimal. Liningofpillarsetc.shallalsobemeasuredunderthisitem. Nosingshall

notbemeasuredand paidforextra. No separate payment for groove in mortar at

any junction of stone and wall/floor at any level.

RateTherateforskirting, dado and pillars

shallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlaborinvolvedinalltheoperations

describedabove.

MR no. 10.005 : Kota stone slab 25 mm thick approved colour, shade &

texture with machine cut edges in Kitchen platforms, vanity counters,

facia, sills, jams, lintels, partition, seat, landing, parapet top , shelves,

chajja and similar locations of required size and in full length, over 20

mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement 3 coarse sand) laid to

line and level and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment

to match the shade of the slabs, including rubbing and polishing

complete as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Material & Dressing

KotaStoneSlabsandDressing shallbeasspecified inkota stone

flooringexceptthatthe thicknessoftheslabsshallbe25mm.Ifrequired

theslabsmaybeof uniformthickness or at least the visible edge of platform stone

Page 146: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 146 of 179

shall be made of uniform thickness and in full length or as specified otherwise as

per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Relevant specifications of preparationofsurface, Laying,Curing,Polishing,

Finishing and measurements shall be as specified in kota stone flooring.

Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceoftread and risers of steps, sill,

facia, landing, parapet top correcttoacm.

Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal. Nosingshall

notbemeasuredand paidforextra. No separate payment for groove in mortar at

any junction of stone and wall/floor at any level.

Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above.

MR 10.006 : Extra rate over MR item no. 10.005 for using Red Mandana

stone slabs in Kitchen platforms, vanity counters, facia, sills, jams,

lintels, partition, seat, landing, parapet top , shelves, chajja and similar

locations, in place of Kota stone slabs

MR 10.007 : Extra rate over MR item no. 10.005 for using Brown Bundi

stone slabs in Kitchen platforms, vanity counters, facia, sills, jams,

lintels, partition, seat, landing, parapet top , shelves, chajja and similar

locations, in place of Kota stone slabs

Methodology

Operations as described for kota stone tread and risers of steps, platform, sill,

jam, lintel, facia, landing, parapet top and similar locations shall be followed

except the stone shall be Red Mandana stone or Brown Bundi stone of 20 mm

thickness.

2Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceoftread and risers of steps, sill,

facia, landing, parapet top correcttoacm.

Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal. Nosingshall

notbemeasuredand paidforextra. No separate payment for groove in mortar at

any junction of stone and wall/floor at any level.

3 Rate

The rate for platform, vanity counters, sill, jambs, lintel, facia, partition, seat,

landing, parapet top, shelves, chhajjah and similar locations shall include the

cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above.

Page 147: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 147 of 179

MR 10.008:Rough Kota stone slab 25 mm thick approved colour, shade

& texture in flooring over 20 mm (average) thick over base of cement

mortar 1: 4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) laid to line and level and jointed

with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the

slab including cleaning complete as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Methodology

The relevant specifications shall be same as Kota stone flooring mentioned

above except that Rough Kota stone slab 25 mm thick shall be used in place of

kota stones. The flooring shall be measured in square meter correct to two

places of decimal. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the patta or residue.

Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm before laying skirting,

dado or wall plaster. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not

exceeding 0.20 square meter. Deductions for ends of dissimilar materials or

other articles embedded shall not be made for areas not exceeding 0.10 square

meter. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor at different levels in the

same room. Nosing shall not be measured and paid for extra. No separate

payment for groove in mortar at any junction of stone and wall/floor at any

level.

Rate

Therateforflooringshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoper

ations describedabove.

MR 10.009:Extra rate over MR item no. 10.008 for using Rough Red

Mandana stone slab 25 mm thick approvedcolor, shade & texture in

flooring over 20 mm (average) thick over base of cement mortar 1: 4 (1

cement: 4 coarse sand) laid to line and level and jointed with grey

cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab

including cleaning in place of Rough Kota stone slabs, complete as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Methodology

The relevant specifications shall be same as kota stone flooring mentioned

above except that Rough Red Manana stone slab 25 mm thick shall be used in

place of kota stones. The flooring shall be measured in square metre correct to

two places of decimal. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the patta or

residue. Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm before laying

skirting, dado or wall plaster. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for

voids not exceeding 0.20 square meter. Deductions for ends of dissimilar

materials or other articles embedded shall not be made for areas not exceeding

Page 148: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 148 of 179

0.10 square meter. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor at different

levels in the same room. Nosing shall not be measured and paid for extra. No

separate payment for groove in mortar at any junction of stone and wall/floor at

any level.

Rate

Therateforflooringshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoper

ations describedabove.

MR 10.010 : Rough Kota stone slabs 20 mm thick of approved colour,

shade & texture in risers of steps, skirting, dado and pillars similar

locations of required size with machine cut edges over 12 mm (average)

thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement 3 coarse sand) laid to line and level

and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the

shade of the slabs, including nosing, rubbing and polishing of Machine

cut edges, cleaning complete as per drawing and as directed by

engineer in charge.

Methodology

The relevant specifications shall be same as kota stone for tread & risers of

steps, skirting, dado and pillars similar locations of required size with machine

cut edges mentioned above except that Rough kota stone slab 20 mm thick

shall be used in place of kota stones.

Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceofskirtingordadocorrecttoacm.Thissh

allbemeasuredcorrecttoamminthecaseofskirtingandcorrecttoa

cminthecaseofdado.Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesof

decimal. Liningofpillarsetc.shallalsobemeasuredunderthisitem. Nosingshall

notbemeasuredand paidforextra. No separate payment for groove in mortar at

any junction of stone and wall/floor at any level.

Rate

Therateforflooringshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoper

ations describedabove.

MR 10.011 : Rough Kota stone slab 25 mm thick approved colour, shade

& texture with machine cut edges in Kitchen platforms, vanity counters,

facia, sills, jams, lintels, partition, seat, landing, parapet top , shelves,

chajja and similar locations of required size and in full length, over 20

mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement 3 coarse sand) laid to

line and level and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment

to match the shade of the slabs, including rubbing and polishing

complete as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Page 149: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 149 of 179

Material & Dressing

Rough KotaStoneSlabsandDressing shallbeasspecified inkota stone

flooringexceptthatthe thicknessoftheslabsshallbe25mm.Ifrequired

theslabsmaybeof uniformthickness or at least the visible edge of platform stone

shall be made of uniform thickness and in full length or as specified otherwise as

per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Relevant specifications of preparationofsurface, Laying,Curing,Polishing,

Finishing and measurements shall be as specified in kota stone flooring.

Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceoftread and risers of steps, sill,

facia, landing, parapet top correcttoacm.

Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal. Nosingshall

notbemeasuredand paidforextra. No separate payment for groove in mortar at

any junction of stone and wall/floor at any level.

Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above.

MR 10.012:Extra for River-washed finish polishing on

marble/Granite/stone where ever required to give rough finish

complete as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

1. Polishing

After completion of the simple polishing the grinding shall be carried out using

carborundum stone grade 500 to 2000 in successive order and final finishing

with emery of grade 2000

2Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceofskirtingordadocorrecttoacm.Thissh

allbemeasuredcorrecttoamminthecaseofskirtingandcorrecttoa

cminthecaseofdado.Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesof

decimal.

3Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above.

MR 10.013:Extra for Sand blasted finish/lather finish polishing on

marble/Granite/stone where ever required to give rough finish

complete as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

Page 150: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 150 of 179

This item comprising of sand blasted finish on marble/Granite/stone over polish

marble/Granite/stone where ever required to give rough finish complete as

directed by engineer-in-charge

Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceofskirtingordadocorrecttoacm.Thissh

allbemeasuredcorrecttoamminthecaseofskirtingandcorrecttoa

cminthecaseofdado.Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesof

decimal.

Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above.

MR 10.014: Extra for other side finish polishing on marble work/Granite

work/stone work where ever required to give both side polished finish

complete.

1 Polishing

After completion of the simple polishing the grinding shall be carried out using

carborundum stone on other side up to the finish surface as required

2Measurements

Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

3Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above

MR 10.015:Extra for Kota stone/ Red Mandana/ Sand Stone in treads

and risers of steps for using single stone of length of 1.05 meter to 1.50

meter in one peace

Methodology

Operations as described forKota stone tread and risers of steps shall be followed

except the stone shall be of single length of size required.

2Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceoftread and risers of steps, sill,

correcttoacm.

Theareashallbecalculatedinsquaremetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

3Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above

Page 151: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 151 of 179

MR 10.016 : Extra for providing 3 nos. grooves of size 5 mm x 5 mm in

the treads of steps as per detailed drawings to make the surface of

treads non slippery.

Operations as described forKota stone tread of steps shall be followed. Grooves

of size shall be provided as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

2Measurements

Lengthshallbemeasuredalongthefinishedfaceoftread of steps, correcttoacm.

Thelengthshallbecalculatedinrunningmetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

3Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofallmaterials andlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

described above

MR 10.017:Extra over DSR item no. 11.53 for providing and fixing 25

mm x25 x4 mm or 50 mm x 50 x4 mm Glass Mosaic /shon tiles in place

of 20 mm x 20 mm x 4mm glass mosaic tiles as per detailed

Architectural Design pattern and shade of tiles.

Operations as described forglass mosaic tile DSR item11.53 shall be followed

except use of 25x25x4 mm tiles instead of 20x20x4 mm tile...

MR 10.018:Providing and laying Terracotta colored vitrified floor tiles of

Endura Make or equivalent in different sizes (having thickness 12 mm to

15 mm as specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less

than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of approved make, in all

colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4

coarse sand), including grouting the joints with white cement and

matching pigments etc., complete.

(a): 300x300 mm

1Operationsasdescribed above in flooring and skirtingshallbefollowed

exceptthetilesshallconformto Table12ofIS15622

(TileswithwaterabsorptionE≤0.08percentGroupBIA)andthejointthicknessin

flooringshallnotbemorethan1mm.

2Rate

Therateforskirting, riser of

stepsshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

describedabove.Nothingextrashallbepaidfortheuseofcut(sawn)tilesinthework.

MR 10.019 : Providing and laying Terracotta colored Vitrified tiles of

Endura make or equivalent in different sizes ( having thickness 12 mm

to 15 mm as specified by the manufacturer), with water absorption less

Page 152: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 152 of 179

than 0.08% and conforming to IS: 15622, of approved colours and

shade, in skirting, tread & riser of steps, dado and pillar over 12 mm

thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including

grouting the joint with white cement & matching pigments etc.

complete as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge.

(a): 300x300 mm

1Operationsasdescribed above in flooring and skirtingshallbefollowed

exceptthetilesshallconformto Table12ofIS15622

(TileswithwaterabsorptionE≤0.08percentGroupBIA)andthejointthicknessin

flooringshallnotbemorethan1mm.

2Rate

Therateforskirting, riser of

stepsshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperations

describedabove.Nothingextrashallbepaidfortheuseofcut(sawn)tilesinthework.

MR 10.020:Providing and laying Glazed/Mat finished Terracotta clay

tiles of approved make in flooring in different sizes (having thickness

12 mm to 15 mm as specified by the manufacturer) with water

absorption less than 1%, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick

cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand), including grouting the

joints with white cement and matching pigments etc., complete.

(a) : 300x300 mm

MR 10.021: (b)200x200 mm

Terracotta clay tiles shall be manufactured as per IS 1478. The flooring tiles

shall be made from good soils of even texture and shall be uniformly well

burnt. They shall be uniform in size and shape and shall be free from

irregularities, such as twists, bends, cracks, flaws, laminations and

imperfection which affects appearance or serviceability. The faces of tiles shall

be plain as specified and the edges shall be square. The backs of the tile may

have some type of either plain or engraved or embossed design.

All other specification shall be generally as per glazed / vitrified tile flooring.

MR 10.022 : Providing and laying Glazed/Mat finished Terracotta clay

tiles of approved make in skirting, tread & riser of steps, dado and

pillar in different sizes ( having thickness 12 mm to 15 mm as

specified by the manufacturer), with water absorption less than

0.08% , of approved colours and shade, in skirting, tread & riser of

steps, dado and pillar over 12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1

cement: 3 coarse sand), including grouting the joint with white

Page 153: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 153 of 179

cement & matching pigments etc. complete as per drawing and as

directed by engineer in charge.

(a) : 300x300 mm

MR 10.023: (b) 200x200 mm

Relevant specification shall be followedas per above item

All other specification shall be generally as per glazed / vitrified tile flooring.

MR 10.024 : Providing and laying Terracotta clay tiles of approved

make in flooring laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement

: 4 coarse sand), including grouting the joints with white cement and

matching pigments etc. For terraces & exteriors areas complete. , as

per architectural drawing as directed by engineer-in-charge.

(a) 300x300 mm

Relevant specification shall be followedas per above item

All other specification shall be generally as per glazed / vitrified tile flooring.

MR 10.025:Providing and laying 40 mm thick Terracotta clay paver of

approved size, design & shape, laid in required colour and pattern

over and including 50 mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling

the joints with fine sand etc. all complete as per the direction of

Engineer-in-charge.

(a): 200x200 mm

MR 10.026:(b): 100x200 mm

MR 10.027:(c): 100x100 mm

Terracotta clay pavers shall be manufactured as per IS 1478. The flooring

tiles shall be made from good soils of even texture and shall be uniformly well

burnt. They shall be uniform in size and shape and shall be free from

irregularities, such as twists, bends, cracks, flaws, laminations and

imperfection which affects appearance or serviceability. The faces of tiles shall

be plain as specified and the edges shall be square. The backs of the tile may

have some type of either plain or engraved or embossed design.

Laying of Paver Blocks

1Base

Terracottapaverblocktobefixedonthebed50mmthickofcoarsesandof

approvedspecification

andfillingthejointswiththesandofapprovedtypeandqualityorasspecified

Page 154: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 154 of 179

andasdirectedbyEngineer-in-charge. 2Terracotta PaverBlock

FactorymadeTerracottapaverblockofrequired

strengthorotherwisespecifiedgradetobeused. Paverblocksto beof

approvedbrandandmanufacturerandof approvedquality.

Minimumstrengthasprescribedby manufacturer andasperdirection ofEngineer-

in-Charge. 3Measurement&Rates

Areaprovidedwithpaverblocktobemeasuredinsqm.correctup

totwoplacesofdecimal. Therate

includethecostofthematerial,labour,toolsetc.requiredinalltheoperationsdescribeda

bove.

MR 10.028:Providing and laying 50 mm thick sand blasted Red

Mandana stone pavers of approved size, design & shape, laid in

required pattern over and including 50 mm thick compacted bed of

coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc. all complete as per

the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) : 200x200 mm

MR 10.029:(b): 100x100 mm

Laying of Paver Blocks

Red Mandana stonepaverblock 40 to 50 mm

thicktobefixedonthebed50mmthickofcoarsesandof approvedspecification

andfillingthejointswiththesandofapprovedtypeandqualityorasspecified

andasdirectedbyEngineer-in-charge.

Measurement&Rates Areaprovidedwithpaverblocktobemeasuredinsqm.correctup

totwoplacesofdecimal. Therate

includethecostofthematerial,labour,toolsetc.requiredinalltheoperationsdescribeda

bove.

MR 10.030:Providing and laying 60mm-70mm thick Red Mandana cobble

stone of 100mm x 100mm size, design & shape, laid in required pattern

over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the

joints with Cement etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-

charge.

Red Mandana stonepaverCobbles shall be 60 to 70 mm thickand 100

mm x 100 mm rough cut on the edges. The cobbles shal l be la id

overthebed50mmthickofcompacted coarsesand. The joints between the

Page 155: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 155 of 179

cobbles shall befilledwiththesandofapprovedtypeandqualityorasspecified

andasdirectedbyEngineer-in-charge. Measurement&Rates

Areaprovidedwithpaverblocktobemeasuredinsqm.correctup

totwoplacesofdecimal. Therate

includethecostofthematerial,labour,toolsetc.requiredinalltheoperationsdescribeda

bove.

MR 10.031:Extra Rates for Item Nos. DSR 11.37, for leaving gap

between two tiles in flooring (Ceramic Glased Tiles) , of size 3 mm width

and depth up to 6 mm and Grouting the joints of flooring & wall tiles

having joints of 3 mm width, using Cementations grout mix of desired

shade including filling /grouting and finishing complete as per drawing

and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

MR 10.032: Extra Rates for Item Nos. DSR item 11.36 for leaving gap

between two tiles in skirting and wall dado (Ceramic Glased Wall Tiles)

of size 3 mm width and depth up to 6 mm and Grouting the joints of

flooring & wall tiles having joints of 3 mm width, using Cementations

grout mix of desired shade including filling /grouting and finishing

complete as per drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

MR 10.033: Extra Rates for Item Nos. DSR 11.41.2, 11.41.3, 11.46.2,

11.46.3, for leaving gap between two tiles in flooring, skirting and wall

dado of size 3 mm width and depth up to 6 mm and Grouting the joints

of flooring & wall tiles having joints of 3 mm width, using Cementations

grout mix of desired shade including filling /grouting and finishing

complete as per drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

1 Material

JOINT FILLER is a unique system of three components – water wipable, high bonding and high strength, 100 % epoxy joint filler. It is 100 % Dirt free, Water

proof, Fungal & Bacteria proof, Acid & Chemical resistant ultimate durable epoxy

joint filler. It is available in more than 136 attractive colours with Universal, Elegant & Glorious range. It compiles to BS 5385

2 Procedure

• Mix hardener with resin in proportion of 1 : 2

• Add filler (powder) in appropriate quantity (Approx. 600 to 700 gm)

Page 156: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 156 of 179

• Mix all 3 component (proportion ratio 1 : 2 : 7) thoroughly

• Mix the component till it becomes a workable paste form

• Apply the paste between tile joints

• Clean the joints with the help of scrubber (scrotch bar)

• Further clean the side of joints with sponge

• Finally clean the joints with wet cloth

•At last apply wet finger on joint for glossy finish

3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Mixing Ratio : 1 : 3 : 7 (Part 1 (Hardener): Part 2 (Resin) : Part 3

(Filler))

• Wet Density : 1.6

• Compressive Strength : 49 N/mm²

• Tensile Strength : 12 N/mm²

• Thermal Shock Resistance : 7. 5 N/mm²

• Floor Traffic : 24 hours

• Working Time : 40 to 50 minutes

4 RESISTANCE TO

• Oxalic Acid : up to 10 %

• Acetic Acid : up to 5 %

• Phosphoric Acid : up to 50 %

• Sulphur Acid : up to 2 %

• Lactic Acid : up to 5 %

• Sodium Hydroxide : up to 50 %

5 Measurement

The measurement of epoxy grout shall be done in square meter as described

in item description.

6Rate

The rate for wall and floor tiles grouting shall include the cost of all materials

and labour involved in all the operations described above.

Page 157: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 157 of 179

MR 10.034: Extra over item no. MR 10.018, MR 10.019, MR 10.020, MR

10.021, MR 10.022, MR 10.023, MR 10.024 for providing and filling 5

mm x 5mm groove in flooring with cementations grout to match the

shade of the slab, including rubbing and cleaning complete as per

drawing as directed by engineer in charge.

Methodology

Operationsasdescribed above in Kota stone flooringshallbefollowed

The 5 mm wide

jointsshallbecleanedoffthegreycementwithwire/coirbrushortroweltoadepthof5mm

andalldustandloosemortarremoved. Joints shall be kept 3 mm below

surrounding flooring by pointed with cementeceous grout added with pigments if

required to match the colour of stone. Care shall be taken for all grooves are in

line and level as directed by engineer in charge.

Rate

The rate for wall and floor tiles grouting shall include the cost of all materials

and labour involved in all the operations described above.

MR 10.035:Extra over item no. MR 10.008, or MR 10.009, for providing

and filling 12 mm x 5 mm groove in flooring with cementations grout

to match the shade of the slab, including rubbing and cleaning complete

as per drawing as directed by engineer in charge.

Methodology

Operationsasdescribed above in Kota stone flooringshallbefollowed

The 12 mm wide

jointsshallbecleanedoffthegreycementwithwire/coirbrushortroweltoadepthof6mm

andalldustandloosemortarremoved. Joints shall be kept 3 mm below

surrounding flooring by pointed with cementeceous grout added with pigments if

required to match the colour of stone. Care shall be taken for all grooves are in

line and level as directed by engineer in charge.

Rate

The rate for wall and floor tiles grouting shall include the cost of all materials

and labour involved in all the operations described above.

MR 10.036 : Crazy pattern in terracotta clay tiles pieces for flooring for

terraces & exteriors areas of approved shape & size 20 mm thick in

flooring, including filling the gaps with light shade pigment with white

cement marble powder mixture (3 parts of white cement : 1 part of

Page 158: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 158 of 179

marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble

powder mix : 7 white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble

chips of sizes from 1 mm to 4 mm nominal size by volume), with under

layer 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 course sand ),.

Includingrubbing and polishing complete, as per architectural drawing

as directed by engineer-in-charge.

(Use of wastage of terracotta clay tiles at site for crazy terracotta clay

tiles flooring)

Material

The material shall be as per the above mentioned item of terracotta clay tiles.

1UnderLayer

TheunderlayerofcrazyTerracotta clay tiles flooring shallbeofcement

concreteofthickness 20mmoras

specified.Themixshallnormallybe1:6(1cement: 6coarsesand)byvolume

unlessotherwisespecified.

2TopLayer

ThemixofcrazyTerracotta clay

tilesflooringshallconsistofwhitecementwithorwithoutpigment,marble

powder,marblechipsof00Nos.and wastage of Terracotta clay tiles

piecesandwater.TheTerracotta clay tilespiecesshallbe

hard,sound,dense,uniformin colourandfreefromstains,cracks,decay, weathering

and minimum size of stone shall not be less than 100mm X

100mm.Beforestartingtheworkthecontractorshall getthesampleofTerracotta clay

tilesapprovedbytheEngineer-in-Charge. TheTerracotta clay tiles piecesshallbe

ofsizes asapproved bytheEngineer-in-Charge butthethickness shallbeaccording

totheoverall

thicknessspecifiedwhichcouldbeachievedwhenlaidovertheunderlayerasspecified.

Thewhitecementandmarblepowdershallbemixedinproportionofthreepartsofcemen

tandone

partofmarblepowderbyweight,andtheproportionofmarblechipstobindermixbyvolu

meshallbe7

partsofmarblechipsto4partsofbindermix.Themarblechipsshallbeasspecified.Itshall

behard, sound,denseandhomogeneous

intexture.Itshallbeuniformincolourandfreefromstains,cracks

decayandweathering.

3Laying

Acoatofcementslurryattherateof2kgofcementpersqmofareashallbespreadandthen

the Terracotta clay tiles

piecesshallbesetbyhandinsuchamannerthatthetopsurfaceofallthesetTerracotta

Page 159: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 159 of 179

clay tiles

shallbetruetotherequiredlevelandslopes.Afterfixingthestones,thecementmarblech

ips mixtureshallbefilledinbetweenthegapsoflaidTerracotta clay tiles

pieces.Thefilledsurfacethenshallbe

troweledover,pressedandbroughttothelevelofthelaidTerracotta clay tiles pieces.

4Polishing

CuringandFinishingshallbeasdescribedinKota stone flooring.

5Precautions

Flooringinterracesshallbelaidafterwaterproofing

treatment.Khurrasshallbeplugged,whilelayingthefloorsandopenedafterthefloorsar

ecuredand cleaned.

6Measurements

Lengthandbreadthshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacmbeforeskirting,dadoorwallplaster

andit

shallbecalculatedinsqmcorrecttotwodecimalplaces.Nodeductionshallbemadenorex

trapaidfor voidsnotexceeding0.20squaremeter.Deductionsforendsof

dissimilarmaterialsor otherarticles

embeddedshallnotbemadeforareasnotexceeding0.10squaremeter.Nothingextrash

allbepaidfor layingflooratdifferentlevelsinthesameroomorcourtyards.

7Rate

Theratesshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdes

cribed above.

MR 10.037 : Crazy pattern in Red Mandana Sand stone pieces of

approved shape & size 20 mm thick in flooring , including filling the

gaps with light shade pigment with white cement marble powder

mixture (3 parts of white cement : 1 part of marble powder) by weight

in proportion of 4:7 (4 cement marble powder mix : 7 white, black,

chocolate, grey, yellow or green marble chips of sizes from 1 mm to 4

mm nominal size by volume), with under layer 20 mm thick cement

mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 course sand ),. Including rubbing and polishing

complete, as per architectural drawing as directed by engineer-in-

charge.

(Use of wastage of Red Mandana sand stone at site shall be used for

crazy sand stone flooring)

The relevant specifications shall be same as crazy Terracotta clay tiles

mentioned above except that sand stone slab 20 mm thick shall be measured

and paid for separately.

Page 160: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 160 of 179

MR 10.038 : Crazy pattern in Kota stone pieces of approved shape & size

20 mm thick in flooring, including filling the gaps with light shade

pigment with white cement marble powder mixture (3 parts of white

cement : 1 part of marble powder) by weight in proportion of 4:7 (4

cement marble powder mix : 7 white, black, chocolate, grey, yellow or

green marble chips of sizes from 1 mm to 4 mm nominal size by

volume), with under layer 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6

course sand ),. Including rubbing and polishing complete, as per

architectural drawing as directed by engineer-in-charge.

(Use of wastage of Kota stone at site for crazy Kota stone flooring)

The relevant specifications shall be same as crazy Terracotta clay tiles

mentioned above except that kota stone slab 20 mm thick shall be measured

and paid for separately .

MR 10.039:Providing and laying China Mosaic Top finish with all sides of

vata using pieces of white glazed tiles of size (max) 4 to 8 sq.cm over

20 mm base of cement mortar 1:4 (1cement: 4 Fine sand) with cement

slurry @ 2.75 Kg of cement per Sqm, mixing of water proofing material

including filling up the joints with grey cement rounding of edges and

corners all complete as per the direction of Engineer in charge.

General:

The item refers to the provision of china mosaic surface (broken glazed tile

pieces) set in cement mortar over waterproofing treatment well compacted and

finished and laid in the required positions with white cement float as mentioned

in the item.

Materials:

Broken glazed tile pieces: These shall be obtained from broken glazed tiles of

approved shade and manufacture and conforming to I.S. 13753. The sizes of

pieces should be suitable to obtain the correct pattern of flooring as shown on

the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Cement:

Cement in cement float shall be white cement or colored as specified in the item.

Mortar Bedding:

20mm thick Cement mortar 1: 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with approved pure

acrylic based water-proofing compound bedding shall be laid over the finished

brick bat coba or other locations as directed by Engineer-in-charge to the

required slopes as shown on the drawings or directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Broken Glazed Tile Pieces:

Page 161: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 161 of 179

These pieces shall be thoroughly wetted before fixing them. White cement grout

as required of honey like consistency admixed with approved pure acrylic based

water-proofing compound shall be spread over the mortar bedding when the

mortar is still plastic. In this cement float glazed tile pieces shall be fixed piece

by piece to the pattern as required. The fixing shall be done by keeping the

joints between the pieces as thin as possible. The flooring shall be laid to correct

level and slopes and compacted by striking the surface with hand thappies and

straight screed tamper. The grout shall cream up to the surface. The junctions of

the flooring and the parapet wall shall be rounded and the flooring shall be

extended up the wall for 15cm or as specified. After the flooring has been laid or

the day’s fixing work is completed, surplus cement grout that may have come

out of the joints on compacting shall be cleaned off. The flooring laid shall be

kept moist and allowed to mature undisturbed for 10 days to allow the bedding

and flooring to set properly.

Cleaning:

Once the floor has set, it shall be carefully washed clean and dried. When dry,

the floor shall be covered with oil free dry saw dust which shall be removed only

after the construction work is completed.

Curing:

The entire surface thus treated shall be flooded with water with wet gunny bags

for a minimum period of one week.

Measurement:

The length and breadth shall be measured along the rounding up to the top of

the edge of the flooring. Areashallbecalculatedinsquaremeters

correcttotwoplaceofdecimal.

Rate:

The rate shall include all labour, materials, testing, tools and equipment required

for the following operations to carry out the item as specified above.

a) Fixing the broken glazed tile pieces in white cement float on the bedding to

the required pattern and compacting

b) Curing

c) Cleaning the floor

MR 10.040:Providing and laying approved Light weight filler material

wastage of AAC Blocks up to 100mm size in required thickness to level

or in slope by using insulating material in 1:5:10 prop (1 cement: 5:

Sand: 10 wastage of AAC Block material) as per approved

Page 162: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 162 of 179

manufacturers specification including scaffolding, compacting, finishing,

curing etc. complete as per drawing as directed by engineer in charge.

1 Material

AAC Block wastage shall be used for light weight filling material.

2PreparationofSurfaceandLaying

2.1BaseconcreteortheRCCslabonwhichthefillingaretobelaidshallbecleaned,wetted

and moped.

2.2 Mix the Cement mortar with wastage of AAC block in 1:5:10 prop (1

cement: 5: Sand: 10 wastage of AAC block) and filled it in level or slope as

directed by engineer in charge.

3 Measurements

Lengthandbreadth and height shallbemeasuredcorrecttoacmvolumecalculated

incubicmetercorrecttotwoplacesofdecimal.

4Rate

Therateforfillingshallincludethecostofallmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperati

ons describedabove.

Page 163: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 163 of 179

SUBHEAD: 11.0

Roofing

MR 11.001 : Providing and fixing false ceiling grid made out of

anodizedaluminum (with 15 micron anodic coating) T-sections 35

x15x1.5 mm size main runners, cross runners 23.5x19x1.5 mm fixed to

main runners placed 600 mm centre to centre both ways so as to form a

grid of 600 mm square. The frame work shall be suspended from ceiling

by level adjusting hangers of 6 mm dia M.S rod fixed to roof slab by

means of ceiling cleats and dash fastener. The suspenders shall be

placed 600 x 1200 mm centre to centre including fixing to the frame

with C.P brass screws and applying a priming coat of zinc chromate

yellow primer

(a): 8mm thick non asbestos fiber cement board - moisture resistant

board

1 Materials

Non asbestos multi-purpose cement board conforming to IS 14862

False ceiling Grid of 600 mm x 600 mm shall be made out of Anodized

Aluminium T sections 35 x 15 x 1.5 mm. Wall angles 15 mm x 15 mm x 1.5 mm.

Minimum thickness of Anodic coating shall be 15 micron. False ceiling shall be

suspended from ceiling with 6 mm dia MS rods fixed in a grid of 600 x 1200 mm.

2 Installation

8 mm thick Non asbestos boards shall be placed in the aluminum grid of 600

mm x 600 mm.

3 Tolerance

Tolerance in dimensions shall be + 5 mm.

4Measurements

4.1Length and breadth of superficial area of the finished work shall be measured correct to a cm. Area shall be calculated in square meter correct to two places of decimal. No deduction will be made of openings of areas up to 0.40 sqm nor shall extra payment be made either for any extra material or labour involved in forming such openings. 4.2For openings exceeding 0.40 sqm. In area, deduction in measurements shall be made but extra will be payable for any extra material or labour involved in making such openings.

5 Rate

Page 164: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 164 of 179

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the

operations described above including all scaffolding, staging etc.

MR 11.002: Providing and fixing 75 mm diameter and 60 cm long rain

water spout in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand) PVC pipe 4

Kg/cm 2

Methodology

This item comprising of Providing and fixing 75 mm diameter and 60 cm long

rain water spout of PVC pipe 6kg/cm in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine

sand)

Measurements

Water spout shal lbecountedinnumbers.

Rate

Therateisforeach water spout

ofspecifiedsizeandisinclusiveofthecostofallmaterials andlabour.

MR 11.003 : Providing and fixing extruded polystyrene insulation board

of approved make having density 36kg/m3, K value 0.028 at 25 deg,

green, pink or blue in colored by spot application over slab surfaces as

per manufacturer specifications and as directed by engineer-in-charge.

1 Material:

Extruded polystyrene insulation board shall conform to ASTM C 578-08b-type VI

requirements.

2 Dimensions:

The size of the finished boards shall be 1.25 m × 0.6 m or as per manufacture

specifications and having a thickness as required for the treatment.

The tolerances on length, width and thickness of the finished board shall be ± 2

mm.

3 Sampling & Testing:

In a single consignment all the items of the same type, shape and dimensions.

Belonging to the same batch of manufacture shall be grouped together to

constitute a lot. For the purpose of judging conformity to the requirements each

lot shall be considered separately.

Any of the test date obtained on the samples tested fail to conform to the

requirements given above, the material shall be rejected.

4 General Methodology:

Page 165: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 165 of 179

4.1 Depending upon the span of the roof, a suitable slope should be provided to

the roof surface towards a drain so that any rain water accumulation is

prevented.

4.2 Waterproofing should be done to the roof prior to application of thermal

insulation.

4.3 Surface preparation (level& clean surface) of the roof should be done before

installation of XPS boards.

4.4 Ensure that the joints between the rows are staggered. All joints are sealed

with a BOPP adhesive tape.

4.5 Covering top of membrane with Geotextile, 120 gsm non-woven, 100%

polyester of thickness 1 to 1.25 mm bonded to the membrane with intermittent

touch by heating the membrane by Butane Torch as per manufactures

recommendation or as specified in item description.

4.6 Cement concrete screed or graded concrete is then applied on the geo textile

to cover the surface with the required thickness and slope as directed by

engineer in charge.

5 Measurements:

Length, breadth and thickness of the roofing insulation shall be measured

correct to a cm and the cubical volume of XPS boards shall be worked out in

Cubic metre of the finished work. No deduction shall be made for openings of

areas not more than 40 square decimetre. No extra payment will be made for

any extra material or labour involved in forming such openings. For openings

exceeding 40 square decimetre in area, deduction for the full opening will be

made, but nothing extra will be paid for any extra material/labour involved in

forming such openings.

6 Rate:

The rate shall include the cost of material and labour in providing and fixing the

extruded polystyrene insulation board (as described in general methodology).

Geo textile and Screed or graded concrete shall be paid for separately.

MR 11.004:Providing and laying of 10 mm thick Polycarbonate Multiwall

sheet as per drawing and as directed by engineer in charge having

density of 1.2 g/m3 and 66 Mpa Yield stress. The sheet should have

linear thermal expansion of 0.000065 /K & thermal conductivity 0.20 w

(m-k). Sheet shall be remain stable between - 40C to 120C. Length &

width of the sheet should be as per detailed drawings & design.

Polycarbonate sheet should be available with co-extruded UV barrier

applied on it. Poly carbonate sheet shall not remove any toxic fumes and

hence pose no hazard to human life in case of fire. The sheet shall be

Page 166: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 166 of 179

fixed with 3mm thickAluminum flat on the longitudinal joint & applied

with a layer of EPDM rubber over the sheet. The joint between sheet &

the Aluminium Joint shall be fully filled with RTV silicon sealant of

approved make to avoid water leakage from the joint complete as per

drawing and as directed by engineer in charge. The sheet shall be fixed

to the structure with help of SDST screws. (Structural steel should be

paid in relevant item)

1. Material:

Material shall be as specified in the nomenclature.

2. Measurements

Thelengthandheightshallbemeasuredcorrecttoacm.Areashallbecalculatedinsquare

meters correcttotwoplaceofdecimal.

3. Rate

Therateshallincludethecostofmaterialsandlabourinvolvedinalltheoperationsdescrib

edabove.

MR 11.005: Providing & Fixing true horizontal level suspended Metal

False ceiling comprising of GI Clip-In of approved make with double pip

self-leveling feature and special tabs to allow removal of tile to enable

plenum access with standard perforated (2.5mm diameter – 16% open

area) visual consisting of 600X600 clip in tiles of 0.5mm thickness with

bevel edge in Global white (Polyster Paint) color precoated of 25

microns paint thickness, with primer coat at the rear side with Light

Reflectance > 60% and suitable for Green Building application, with

Recycled content of 25%. Tiles would have Soundtex fleece hot pressed

at the back of the perforated panel to achieve an NRC of upto 0.7 and

fire performance of Class 1 as per BS 476 part 7

To comprise 3000mm long GI ‘C’ channels spaced at 1200mm center

securely fixed to the structural soffit by support clamp & approved 6mm

dia threaded rod for rigid suspension. The last hanger at the end of each

C channel should not be greater than 600mm from the adjacent wall.

Use a C-channel connector for splicing two pieces of C-channels.

4000mm Dp-12 GI Main carriers (spring tee bars) shall be spaced at

600mm centers in a direction perpendicular to the C-channels and shall

be secured at every intersection with C channel using a dp-12

hanger. Use Dp-12 connector to splice two pieces of Dp-12 main

carriers. Tiles should be clipped in between two Dp-12 carriers (spring

tee bars) from below.

1. Material:

Page 167: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 167 of 179

Material shall be as specified in the nomenclature.

2. Installation

The false ceiling shall be installed in true horizontal level with GI Clip-In system

of approved make with double pip self-leveling feature and special tabs to allow

removal of tile to enable plenum access. The tiles shall be having standard

perforated (2.5mm diameter – 16% open area) visual and shall be of 600X600

clip in tiles of 0.5mm thickness with bevel edge in Global white (Polyster Paint)

color precoated of 25 microns paint thickness, with primer coat at the rear side

with Light Reflectance > 60% and suitable for Green Building application, with

Recycled content of 25%. Tiles would have Soundtex fleece hot pressed at the

back of the perforated panel to achieve an NRC of upto 0.7 and fire performance

of Class 1 as per BS 476 part 7

The support structure shall comprise of 3000mm long GI ‘C’ channels spaced at

1200mm center securely fixed to the structural soffit by support clamp &

approved 6mm dia threaded rod for rigid suspension. The last hanger at the end

of each C channel should not be greater than 600mm from the adjacent wall.

Use a C-channel connector for splicing two pieces of C-channels. 4000mm Dp-12

GI Main carriers (spring tee bars) shall be spaced at 600mm centers in a

direction perpendicular to the C-channels and shall be secured at every

intersection with C channel using a dp-12 hanger. Use Dp-12 connector to splice

two pieces of Dp-12 main carriers. Tiles should be clipped in between two Dp-12

carriers (spring tee bars) from below.

3. Measurements

The length and height shall be measured correct to a cm. Area shall be

calculated in square meters correct to two place of decimal.

3. Rate

The rate shall include the cost of materials and labour involved in all the

operations described above.

Page 168: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 168 of 179

SUBHEAD: 12.0

Finishing

MR 12.001:Pointing on brick work or brick flooring on non-Modular

bricks with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 fine sand) as per

directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

(a):Flush / Ruled/ Struck or weathered pointing on bricks of size 230

mm x 110 mm x 100 mm

Pointing shall be of the type shown in figure below: POINTINGS

Raked A. FLUSH B. RAISED & CUT

Struck Weathered

V. Joint Thumb Stripped Beaded Drawings not to Scale

C. STRUCK AND WEATHERED D. RULED

1 Scaffolding For all exposed brick work, tile work or stone work independent double

scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided. The supports

shall be sound and strong tied together with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. For all other work in building, single scaffolding shall be permitted. In such

cases, the inner end of the horizontal scaffolding pole shall rest in a hole provided only in the header course for the purpose. Only one header for each pole shall be left out. Such holes for scaffolding shall, however, not be allowed in

pillars/columns less than one metre in width, or immediately near the skew backs of arches. The holes left in masonry works for scaffolding purposes shall be filled and made good before plastering.

Note:In case of special type of work, scaffolding shall be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge in advance.

2 Preparation of surface The joints shall be raked out properly. Dust and loose mortar shall be brushed out. Efflorescence if any shall be removed by brushing and scraping. The surface

shall then be thoroughly washed with water, cleaned and kept wet before pointing is commenced. In case of concrete surface if a chemical retarder has been applied to the form

work, the surface shall be roughened by wire brushing and all the resulting dust and loose particles cleaned off and care shall be taken that none of the retarders is left on the surface.

The joints shall be raked to such a depth that the minimum depth of the new mortar measured from either the sunk surface of the finished pointing or from the edge of the brick shall not be less than 12 mm.

Page 169: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 169 of 179

3 Mortar

Mortar of specified mix shall be used. It shall be as specified under Chapter 3.0. 4 Application and Finishing 4.1 The mortar shall be pressed into the raked out joints, with a pointing trowel,

either flush, sunk or raised, according to the type of pointing required. The

mortar shall not spread over the corner, edges or surface of the masonry. The pointing shall then be finished with the proper tool, in the manner described

below:

4.2 Flush Pointing:The mortar shall be pressed into the joints and shall be finished off flush and level with the edges of the bricks, tiles or stones so as to

give a smooth appearance. The edges shall be neatly trimmed with a trowel and straight edge. 4.3 Ruled Pointing : The joints shall be initially formed as for flush pointing

and then while the mortar is still green, a groove of shape and size as shown in drawings or as instructed, shall be formed by running a forming tool, straight

along the centre line of the joints. This operation shall be continued till a smooth and hard surface is obtained. The vertical joints shall also be finished in a similar way. The vertical lines shall make true right angles at their junctions with the

horizontal lines and shall not project beyond the same. 4.4 Cut or Weather Struck Pointing:The mortar shall first be pressed into the joints. The top of the horizontal joints shall then be neatly pressed back about 3

mm or as directed, with the pointing tool so that the joints are sloping from top to bottom.

The vertical joints shall be ruled pointed. The junctions of vertical joints with the horizontal joints shall be at true right angles. 4.5 Raised and Cut Pointing : Raised and cut pointing shall project from the

wall facing with its edges cut parallel so as to have a uniformly raised band about 6 mm raised and width 10 mm more as directed. 4.6 The superfluous mortar shall then be cut off from the edges of the lines and

the surface of the masonry shall also be cleaned off all mortar. The finish shall be such that the pointing is to the exact size and shape required and the edges are straight, neat and clean.

5 Curing The pointing shall be kept wet for seven days. During this period it shall be

suitably protected from all damages. The pointing lines shall be truly horizontal and vertical except where the joints are slanting as in rubble random masonry. Lines of joints from different

directions should meet neatly at the junctions instead of crossing beyond. 6 Measurements 6.1 Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm and its area shall be

calculated in square metres up to two places of decimal. 6.2 The various types of pointing for example, struck, keyed, flush, tuck, etc. shall each be measured separately.

6.3 Pointing on different types of walls, floors, roofs etc. shall each be measured

separately. The type and material of the surface to be pointed shall be described.

6.4 Pointing in a single detached joint as for flashing shall be given in running

metres. 6.5 For jambs, soffits, sills etc. for opening not exceeding 0.5 sqm each in area,

ends of joists, beams, posts, girders, steps etc. not exceeding 0.5 sqm each in

Page 170: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 170 of 179

area and opening not exceeding 3 sqm each deductions and additions shall be

made in the following way, in case of pointing on external face only. (a) No deduction shall be made for ends of joists, beams, posts etc. and openings not exceeding 0.5 sqm each, and no addition shall be made for reveals,

jambs, soffits, sills, etc. of these openings.

(b) Deductions for openings exceeding 0.5 sqm but not exceeding 3 sqm each shall be made as follows and no additions shall be made for reveals, jambs,

soffits, sills, etc. for these openings.

(c) When both the faces of the wall are pointed with the same pointing deduction shall be made for one face only.

(d) When two faces of wall are pointed with different pointing or if one face is plastered and other is pointed or plastered, deduction shall be made from the plaster or pointing on the side of frames for doors, windows, etc. on which the

width of the reveal is less than that on the other side, but no deduction shall be made from the other side.

(e) Where width of reveals on both faces of wall are equal, deduction of 50% of area of opening on each face shall be made from area of pointing or plaster as the case may be.

(f) For opening having door frame equal to or projecting beyond thickness of wall, full deduction for opening shall be made from each pointed face of wall.

6.6 In case of openings of area above 3 sqm each, deduction shall be made for the openings, but jambs, soffits and sills shall be measured. 6.7 The following shall be measured separately.

(a) Raking out joints for old work only shall be measured and given in square metres. (b) Raking out joints of old work built in mud mortar, lime mortar and cement

mortar shall each be measured separately. (c) Raking out joints of different types of old walls, floors etc. shall each be measured separately. (d) Raking single detached joints as for flashing old work

shall be given in running metres. 7 Rate The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the

operations described above.

MR 12.002 : Extra rate over above DSR item 13.31.1 for Pointing on brick work or brick flooring on non-Modular bricks with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

(a) : Flush / Ruled/ Struck or weathered pointing on bricks of size 230

mm x 110 mm x 50 mm instead of size 230 mm x 110 mm x 70 mm

The relevant specification of the above mentioned item shall be followed except

that the pointing is to be done on stone work instead of brick work. Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations described above.

254(b): Raised and cut pointing

Page 171: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 171 of 179

The relevant specification of the above mentioned item shall be followed except

that the pointing is to be done on stone work instead of brick work.

Rate

The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the

operations described above.

MR 12.003 : Providing and applying Melamine polishing with including

preparation of surface and staining to the approved colour and shade as

per the manufacturers specifications including scaffolding, curing,

cleaning the surfaces and other incidental work to be done etc. complete

at all floors for any height as directed by engineer in charge.

Material:

The melamine polish is two component acid catalyzed wood finish shall be of

best quality and make such as Asian Paints, Nerolac, Burger or equivalent, as

approved.

It shall give silken, smooth finish. It offers excellent none yellowing and stain

resistant property. The Melamine polish shall have shade and shine, either Mat

or glossy. It shall be two component polish consisting of a base and hardener. It

shall be capable of protecting wood from moisture, heat, cold, scratches, stains,

cigarette burns etc. It shall be applied using brush or spray gun. It shall require

lesser time to dry and there shall be no cracks or pealing of the polish. There

shall not be any undulation on the finished surface nor cracks at joints. It shall

be durable and flexible to absorb cracks. It shall have resistant to scrubs, light

rays, heat etc.

1.PreparationofSurface:Thesurfaceshallbecleaned.Allunevennessshallberubbe

ddown

smoothwithsandandwelldusted.Knotsifvisibleshallbecoveredwithapreparationofre

dlead andgluesizelaidonwhilehot.Holesandindentations

onthesurfaceshallbestoppedwithglazier’s putty.Thesurfaceshallthenbegivena

coatof woodfillermadebymixingwhiting(groundchalk)in methylated

spiritattherateof1.5Kgofwhitingperliterofspirit.Thesurfaceshallagainberubbed

downperfectlysmoothwithglasspaperandwipedclean.

2.Application:Thenumberofcoatsofpolishtobeappliedshallbeasdescribedinthei

tem.

A padofwoolenclothcoveredbya

fineclothshallbeusedtoapplythepolish.Thepadshallbe

moistenedwiththepolishandrubbedhardonthewood,inaseriesofoverlappingcirclesa

pplyingthe

mixturesparinglybutuniformlyovertheentireareatogiveanevenlevelsurface.Atraceo

flinseedoil onthefaceofthepadfacilitatesthisoperation. Sand the surface with the

Page 172: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 172 of 179

emery paper no 180, apply wood filler and allow it to dry for 2-3 hours. Again

sand the surface with the emery paper no 180, apply melamine sealer and allow

it to dry for 2-3 hours. Sand the surface with the emery paper no 320, wipe off

the dust and dirt. Apply melamine polish mat or glossy as required two or three

coat and finishing with spray coat.

1. Measurements, Rate and other details shall be as specified inpainting as they

are applicable.

MR 12.004 : Providing and applying low pigmented textured wall finish

with marble chips and minerals aggregate, giving Natural

plast/Random star effect of approved shade of approved make,

finishing with i) 1st coat of Low VOC cement primer 0.80 Lt/10 Sqm ii)

2nd coat of stone finish highly dense smooth appearance with trowel @

2.2 Kg/Sqm and iii) 3rd coat of stone finish by gun spraying , coverage

1.1 Kg/Sqm, Overall minimum 1.50 mm thickness as per

manufacturer's specification including scaffolding, curing, cleaning the

surfaces and other incidental work to be done etc. complete at all levels

as directed by engineer in charge.

Materials

Law pigmented texture paints of approved make shall be used. Only ready

mixed Paint (Exterior grade) as received from the manufacturer without any

admixture shall be used. If for any reason, thinning is necessary in case of ready

mixed Texture Paint, the plain salt free water, as recommended by the

manufacturer or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be

used. Approved Texture Paint shall be brought to the site of work by the

contractor in their original containers in sealed condition. The material shall be

brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole work or at

least a fortnight’s work. The materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the

contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge. The empties shall not be removed from

the site of work, till the relevant item of work has been completed and

permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge.

1.Commencing Work

Painting shall not be started until the Engineer-in-Charge has inspected the

items of work to be painted, satisfied himself about their proper quality and

given his approval to commence the painting work. Painting of external surface

should not be done in adverse weather condition like hail storm and dust storm.

Painting, except the priming coat, shall generally be taken in hand after

practically finishing all other building work.

The rooms should be thoroughly swept out and the entire building cleaned up, at

least one day inadvance of the Paint work being started.

Page 173: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 173 of 179

2.Preparation of Surface

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted off. All rust, dirt, scales,

smoke splashes, mortardroppings and grease shall be thoroughly removed

before painting is started. The broken edges, undulations etc. can be rectified by

using a paste made of Spectrum Rectochem Surface Improver mixed with

ordinary Portland cement at the ratio of 1:1.

The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge

after inspection, before painting is commenced.

3.Application

Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the Paint shall be stirred

thoroughly in its

Containers, A coat of is applied after cleaning the surface thoroughly. The

primer is to be diluted with water at the rate of 1:4, i.e. one part of primer and

four parts of water. It should be applied liberally so that the absorption

becomes uniform. Thereafter the material (Law pigmented texture paints of

Spectrum or approved equivalent) shall be applied with trowel onto the surface.

The final painting shall be done by spraying, using Spray Plaster Gun. Spray

machine used may be (at high pressure (small air aperture) type, or (b) at low

pressure (large air gap) type, depending on the nature and location of work to

be carried out. Skilled and experienced workmen shall be employed for this class

of work.

Spraying should be done only when dry condition prevails. Each coat shall be

allowed to dry out thoroughly and rubbed smooth before the next coat is

applied. This should be facilitated by thorough ventilation. Each coat except the

last coat, shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper or fine pumice stone and

cleaned off dust before the next coat is laid.

No left over Paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When not in use, the

containers shall be kept properly closed.

No hair marks from the brush or clogging of Paint puddles in the corners of

panels, angles of mouldings etc. shall be left on the work.

4.Brushes and Containers

After work, the brushes shall be completely cleaned of Paint and linseed oil by

rinsing with turpentine. A brush in which Paint has dried up is ruined and shall

on no account be used for painting work. The containers when not in use, shall

be kept closed and free from air so that Paint does not thicken and also shall be

kept safe from dust. When the Paint has been used, the containers shall be

Page 174: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 174 of 179

washed with water and wiped dry with soft clean cloth, so that they are clean,

and can be used again.

5.Measurements

The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. The area shall be

calculated in sqm (correct to two places of decimal), except otherwise stated.

Small articles not exceeding 10 sq. decimeter (0.1 sqm) of painted surfaces

where not in conjunction with similar painted work shall be enumerated.

Measurements shall be taken for the work actually done with deductions for all

openings and however, no deduction is to be made for the grooves provided as

specified.

6.Rates

The rates shall include the cost of all labour and materials involved in all the

operations described above with tools and scaffolding.

MR 12.005 : Providing and applying breathable, non-reactive,

antifungal, and water repellent Silane/ Siloxane chemical as approved

by Engineer-in-charge, of approved make, diluted with solvent mineral

Turpentine oil in the ratio of 1:12 (One part of approved chemical :12

Part of Turpentine oil), on the existing stone masonry surface or Stone

cladding or RCC surfaces with two or more coats to give uniform

application of chemical on the surface, including scaffolding, curing,

cleaning the surfaces and other incidental work to be done etc. complete

at all levels as directed by engineer in charge.

1.Material

Water repellent is a premium water based or solvent based, high performance,

long lasting exterior paint specially formulated for application on highly

absorbent surfaces. The product is based on 100% Acrylic resin and hence it

forms a tough and flexible protective film, with an excellent bonding to the

substrate, which are released slowly over a long period of time. This actively

helps not only to prevent the fungal and algae growth, but also ensures constant

surface activity against these irritants for a long period.

Excellent out-door durability.

Excellent adhesion on absorbent surfaces.

Very good color retention.

Faster drying.

Smooth with Sheen finish.

Excellent resistance to fungal and algae growth..

Easy to apply and maintain.

Superior wash ability& scrub resistance.

Very wide range of beautiful colors.

Very good coverage thus good value for money.

Page 175: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 175 of 179

2. PreparationofSurface

The surface to be painted must be free of all dust grease, traces of paint flakes,

algae, fungus, etc. The surface previously coated with paint must be cleaned

thoroughly with a stiff wire brush, to remove dust, dirt, chalking or any friable

material & loose flakes. Wash thoroughly with water and allow to dry. This

ensures proper adhesion of the new paint system. In case of fungus affected

area apply a liberal coat of Fungicidal Solution. Allow it to react for minimum 6 -

8 hrs.

Processing

Flooding, preferably not under pressure, is the best technique for applying water

repellent, which is ready to use after dilution. Apply several coats, wet on wet,

until the substrate is saturated. Generally, at least two applications suffice for all

substrates. Do not leave long breaks between coats. Apply the next when the

substrate has absorbed the previous one and is no longer shiny (wet-on-wet

working). The substrate must not have damp spots, i. e., it should look dry. The

requisite quantity of water repellent depends on the absorbency of the substrate.

The amount of impregnating agent required for a substrate and the effectiveness

of the impregnation should be determined on site by testing a small area of the

material to be treated. Before applying water repellent, be sure to cover

windows and other non-absorbent surfaces properly because the product cures

so quickly that it will be extremely difficult, if not impossible, to remove after a

few hours. Wipe off any splashes on window panes immediately, using a solvent

if necessary

3. Dilution

The solvents best suited for diluting water repellent are aliphatic hydrocarbons

(e. g. White Spirit 130/175), aromatic hydrocarbons (solvent naphtha, e. g.

Shell sol A) or low-odor is paraffin hydrocarbons (e. g. Isobar H) or as per

manufacturer specifications. The solvent used should have a boiling range of 140

– 190 °C and an evaporation number of 30 – 90. If the above-mentioned

hydrocarbon solvents are used, water repellent should be diluted in a weight

ratio of 1: 11 to 1: 15 or as per manufacturer specifications. Anhydrous alcohols,

such as ethanol or 2-propanol, could also be used and are even indispensable

whenever contact of the impregnating agent with solvent-sensitive materials

(such as expanded polystyrene, bitumen, etc.) cannot be avoided. The alcohol

must be completely anhydrous. If alcohol is used as a solvent, a dilution ratio of

1: 12 pbw is recommended or as per manufacturer specifications. When

impregnating slightly damp substrates, water repellent will give better results if

diluted with hydrocarbons than with alcohol. Stir vigorously when adding the

diluent to water repellent. Since water repellent reacts with humidity, prolonged

contact with air must be avoided. The containers must be hermetically sealed.

Page 176: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 176 of 179

4. Storage

Water repellent has a shelf life of at least 12 months when stored between 0 °C

and 30 °C in the tightly closed original container. The containers must be

protected against direct sunlight. The 'Best use before end' date of each batch

appears on the product label. Storage beyond the date specified on the label

does not necessarily mean that the product is no longer usable. In this case

however, the properties required for the intended use

5.Thespecificationsinrespectofscaffolding,protectivemeasures,measurements

andrateshall beasdescribedin painting.

MR 12.006 : Extra for expose shuttering over ordinary shuttering for

exposed concrete elements using special sized of approved quality steel

plates formwork / 12 mm waterproof plywood formwork / wood grain

finish formwork with definite pattern as per approved drawing,

Including providing and fixing necessary sleeves, grooves & Drip moulds

for all shapes, at all levels and as directed by engineer in charge. Same

kind of shuttering material should be used for standard and residual

sizes. (no separate payment for small qty. in Meter)

1.Material

Steel Sheeting and steel platesSteel sheeting and steel plates (black sheet)

should be free from clinks, twists, offsets, warps, etc. Their surface should be

neat, clean and smooth.

The size of angles/tubes used for framing and bracing of steel plates should be

sufficient to withstand the Weight of concrete without forming clinks, twists,

offsets, warps, etc. in the steel plates. Also, the gauge of steel sheeting used

should not be less than 16 G.

Minimum two bracing angles should be provided along with angle framing while

making the steel plates. It should be welded at all four corners and at junction of

angle framing and bracing.

If the plates are to be welded, steel sheet and angle framing/bracing should be

welded from sides and at back. Welding on sides should be buffed to make the

sides smooth. Also, intermittent welding should be done to keep steel sheet and

angle framing/bracing in one plane.

It shall be made from strong and selected hard woods. It shall be bonded with

high quality Phenol Formaldehyde synthetic resin adhesive, hot pressed and then

shall be funkier treated with a permanent Type of preservative by vacuum cum

pressure impregnation.

Waterproof plywoodMarine Plywood of std. company (film faced waterproof)

used for exposed formwork shall be minimum 12 mm thickness and as per

requirement up to 25 mm thickness as directed by engineer in charge The

Page 177: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 177 of 179

quality plywood complying with IS :4990 and of make approved by the Engineer

in charge.

Due to the bonding with Phenol Formaldehyde, it shall be moisture and

weatherproof. The use of selected hard woods renders hard and wear resistant

faces (Film faces waterproof plywood) and thereby it shall be reusable several

times. It shall be highly resistant to rot, termites and other wood inhabiting

insects. Due to complete penetration of the preservative, it shall be exceedingly

durable.

The shuttering shall be supported on wooden battens at distance as required as

per thickness of plywood and as directed by engineer in charge.

It shall have high impact strength and therefore shall be used successfully in

place of timber planks and steel sheets. It shall protect the concrete from rapid

temperature changes and shall provide optimum conditions for setting of the

concrete. As it shall possess remarkable design flexibility, it shall be ideal for

curved formwork.

Fair finish with wood grain exposed finish surface wood grain planks of deodar,

pine or equiv. Wood shall be used to give a pattern as per drawing by cutting it

in size and finishing smooth on all faces. Wood grin planks thickness should not

be less than 30 mm otherwise specified. Suitable stiffeners and walers shall be

provided depending on the shuttering design. It shall be stable and not liable to

warp when exposed to sun and rain or wetted during concrete

Precaution measures

Before placing concrete, forms shall be thoroughly cleaned off of all rust, dust

and loose materials. Colorless oil or grease or chemical of approved quality shall

be applied of approved manufacture as directed by engineer in charge before

placing steel.

The surface of timber shuttering that would come on contact with concrete shall

be well wetted and coated with raw linseed oil or oil of approved manufacture as

directed by engineer in charge. In case of steel shuttering, either raw linseed oil

or oil of approved manufacture as directed by engineer in charge shall be applied

after thoroughly cleaning the surface. Under no circumstances, black or burnt oil

shall be permitted.

Fair finish with a uniform texture and definite pattern as per drawing for exposed

concrete elements. The surface shall be neat and free from physical irregularities

and imperfections. Since there will not be any plaster to cover concrete

members formed under this finish, the work shall be more precise in terms of

finish line, level & plumb.

The shuttering shall be supported on battens and beams and props properly

cross braced together, so as to make the centering rigid. The shuttering shall

Page 178: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 178 of 179

have smooth and even surface and its joints shall not permit leakage of cement

grout.

Double wedges shall further be provided between the sole Plate and the props so

as to facilitate tightening and easing of shuttering without jerking the concrete.

The timber used in shuttering shall not be so dry as to absorb water from

concrete and swell or bulge nor so green or wet as to shrink after erection. The

timber shall be properly sawn and planned on the sides and surface coming in

contact with concrete. Wooden form work with metal sheet lining or steel plates

stiffened by steel angles shall be permitted.

As far as possible, clamps shall be used to hold the forms together and use of

nails and spikes shall be avoided.

If at any stage of work, during or after placing concrete in the structure, the

form work sags or bulges out beyond the required shape of the structure, the

concrete shall be removed and work redone with fresh concrete and adequately

rigid form work. The complete form work shall be got inspected by and got

approved from the Engineer in charge, before the reinforcement bars are placed

in position.

Patching or any other method of repair shall not be allowed on the concrete

surface

2. Thespecificationsinrespectofscaffolding,surface preparation,application,

measurements andrateshall beasdescribedin shuttering.

MR 12.007 : Decorative stone work in sand stone including etching,

carving and finishing with sandblasted finish of maximum size upto

3000mm x 3000mm including supply of stone block, labour & equipment

for manual or machine carving as directed and installation on site upto

any lead and lift.

1 Dressing and Fixing

The stone shall be cut into slabs of required thickness so as to make slab of the

specified thickness. The slab shall be cut as per pattern shown on the drawings.

All exposed faces shall be fine tooled to a uniform and smooth finish. Fixing shall

be done with the adjoining work in grooves, rebates etc., as shown in the

drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. A tolerance of + 2 mm shall

be allowed in the specified thickness of the slab.

Stone slabs shall be fixed in grooves/rebates etc. to adjoining Stone work/Brick

work/RCC as shown in the drawing or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.

Necessary sample for the same shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-

charge before execution. The breakage of stone jail during fixing shall be the

responsibilities of the contractor and replacement shall be provided at his risk

and cost.

Page 179: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART- I - Nalanda University€¦ · client: nu technical specifications page 1 of 179 package – 1c tender for construction and development works of residential

DEVELOPMENT OF PERMANENT CAMPUS OF NU RAJGIR.

Client: NU TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 179 of 179

2 Stone supply

Stones shall be supplied conforming to specification as mentioned above, as per

samples approved by EIC, in sizes marginally larger than decorative work to be

developed as per contract drawings to allow stone working margins.

3 Stone Shaping & patterns

Stones shall be shaped and / or cut into patterns as shown in contract drawings

using mechanical pneumatic tools like diamond blade benchsaw, mechanical

grinder, chisels and knives.

4. Stone Finishing

Stone shall be finished as specified in contract drawings using mechanical tools

to give an even finish. All sharp edges shall be rounded off.

5. Measurement

2.7.1.Supply of stone shall be measured in cubic metres of finished stone work

accurate to the nearest centimetre in each direction.

2.7.2.Decorative work consisting of shaping, cutting, patterns and finishing shall

be measured in square metres of finished surface area accurate to the nearest

centimetre in each direction.

2.7.3.Stone engraving shall be measured in square metres of finished engraved

work to the nearest centimetre in each direction.

6.Rate

The rate shall include the cost of materials and labour required for all the

operations described above